<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tintinux</id>
	<title>Gestinux Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tintinux"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Tintinux"/>
	<updated>2026-07-10T16:30:12Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4301</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4301"/>
		<updated>2026-06-08T08:30:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Small improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PostgreSQL 14 compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* in progress...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Invoices ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Category ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank Statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database connection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add optional polling for servers disconnecting after a timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Starting ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4300</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4300"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:08:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Building */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Invoices ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Category ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank Statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database connection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add optional polling for servers disconnecting after a timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Starting ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4299</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4299"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:07:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Invoices ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. &lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Category ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank Statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database connection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add optional polling for servers disconnecting after a timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Starting ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4298</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4298"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:02:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet : EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. Corrected issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesCategory entry : Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
* BankStatements : added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts : Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. Add optional polling for servers having timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Starting ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4297</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4297"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:01:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet : EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. Corrected issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesCategory entry : Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
* BankStatements : added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts : Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. Add optional polling for servers having timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4296</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4296"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:00:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet : EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. Corrected issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesCategory entry : Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
* BankStatements : added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts : Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. Add optional polling for servers having timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Totals updated in the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports MySql 8.  (New reserved name &amp;quot;function&amp;quot; no more used in table Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4295</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4295"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T15:57:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du paramètre d&#039;exécution -p dans l&#039;EDI qui n&#039;avait pas lieu d&#039;être (développeurs uniquement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de l&#039;erreur qui se produit si le paramètre d&#039;exécution -p indique un fichier ou un dossier inexistant et qui ne peut pas être créé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 est en anglais, et sera traduite dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 est en anglais, et sera traduite dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4294</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4294"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T15:57:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du paramètre d&#039;exécution -p dans l&#039;EDI qui n&#039;avait pas lieu d&#039;être (développeurs uniquement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de l&#039;erreur qui se produit si le paramètre d&#039;exécution -p indique un fichier ou un dossier inexistant et qui ne peut pas être créé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 est en anglais, et sera traduite dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4293</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4293"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T15:55:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet : EndDate empty means &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;. By default, StartDate and EndDate are relative to previous year.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : Added TotalTaxes variable for invoice report. Corrected an error in Sql when printing salesdoc. Corrected issue when unit price was 0 for the product; price was set to 0 on sales doc.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesCategory entry : Enlarge form and captions for long translations.&lt;br /&gt;
* BankStatements : added total, balance and popup menu to bank operations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts : Improve checks before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
* Build for Windows can be run on a Linux computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Parameter BRANCH no more used in the build &lt;br /&gt;
* build_pkg.sh is now shared for Linux and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Component TGGrid : corrected an error in DeleteRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Database : allow port number &amp;gt; 32767. Add optional polling for servers having timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
* User/password entry form : added checkbox to make password visible. Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Totals updated in the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4292</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4292"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T15:38:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Symbolic dates are now language sensitive. They are stored in a language independent format, but displayed in a localized format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Help system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help button opens by default URL https://mrit.com/gestinux.net instead of https://gestinux.net&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL can be read in the .ini file, if necessary later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Totals updated in the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Improve check when Table Company doesn&#039;t exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting entry ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid error message during start date or end date input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bank statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a nasty bug when the mouse was moved over the left grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Balance Sheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don&#039;t display number of months when dates are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
* Add checks during definition entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle Date and DateTime variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add BtnRefresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed automatic refresh on period or accounts change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore Null values of ImportedSign or NegativeAmount during import.&lt;br /&gt;
* sqlscript always visible in sql tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protect Quotes during database dump/backup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Layout improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Display EDI caption and hint when translation is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Database ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Uses ZeosLib 8.0  &lt;br /&gt;
* Field MoveLines.MoveId read instead of MoveLines.MoveNumber  (kept for descending compatibility) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEdit : Added published properties SelText, SelStart and SelLength&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translation system ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add simplified TranslateMessage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that parameters TARGET and BRANCH are not empty&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed unused parameter SYSTEM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4291</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4291"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T14:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Small improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the -p execution parameter in the IDE, as it was wrong (developers only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved handling of the error that occurs if the -p execution parameter specifies a file or folder that does not exist and cannot be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4290</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4290"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T14:43:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Petites améliorations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du paramètre d&#039;exécution -p dans l&#039;EDI qui n&#039;avait pas lieu d&#039;être (développeurs uniquement)&lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de l&#039;erreur qui se produit si le paramètre d&#039;exécution -p indique un fichier ou un dossier inexistant et qui ne peut pas être créé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4289</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4289"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:20:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4288</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4288"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:20:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4287</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4287"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:19:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4286</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4286"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:19:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4285</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4285"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:18:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Small improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4284</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4284"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:18:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Petites améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traductions correctes en Français et en Anglais pour la cloture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression d&#039;une jauge pendant la saisie des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4283</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4283"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:16:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== (small) improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correct translation in English and French for Closing a Fiscal period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed gauge during accounting entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4282</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4282"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:13:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Available only to developers, as source code to be compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
This will hopefully be the last release candidate before a stable release&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4281</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4281"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible seulement pour les développeurs, sous forme de sources à compiler.&lt;br /&gt;
Ce sera, espérons-le, la dernière RC avant une version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4280</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4280"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:09:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X. Ne plus utiliser sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4279</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4279"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:09:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la tester sous Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la Rc-2, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4278</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion&amp;diff=4278"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:08:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.5 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Version history}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upgrade version, download and execute the installation package. [https://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php/Installing#Installation_of_Client_program More details here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May,18 2026, for tests on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.6-Rc1 will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Windows and Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to test it on Windows, please ask on the forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 11 2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unavailable for Mac OS/X. Do not use anymore on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changes since version 1.5 Stable will be displayed as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 02 2020, to be used to replace all previous versions with Linux and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not yet available for Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All reported bugs have been fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The field Function in the table Contacts has been duplicated into ContactFunction, it is kept for compatibility, but will br removed in the next version, because it is not compatible with last MySql or MariaDb releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some translations to italian or spanish are missing, still in english. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compiles on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected a bug when deleting an accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Set accounting entry read-only or read-write after an advanced search &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use, install stable release instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Products ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Stock management of products and inventory&lt;br /&gt;
* Update stock after validation of a delivery bill&lt;br /&gt;
* Update ProductStock after validation of quotes and orders (for estimation)&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouses management&lt;br /&gt;
* Default properties in Product Groups used to create new products.&lt;br /&gt;
* Button to recompute product stocks in case of problem (temporary)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales Documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* New field SalesDocs.ExternalReference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI ====&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact import of Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* EDIFact export of DeliveryBills and Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Advanced search : balance fields in the bottom&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliations : Can create regularisation accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* BalanceSheet report setup: Add duplicate accounts check, and a list of unused accounts to check if the report is well balanced&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle languages with RTL orientation (experimental, with a few translations into Hebrew)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved the main menu with coloured panels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export Data ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a splash during SQL verification and execution&lt;br /&gt;
* Quicker script loading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accounting ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Can&#039;t delete accounting move generated by invoice validation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sales documents ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check dues and validate the grid before saving document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not copy dues when copying a salesdoc, and instead recompute them from default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Translations ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic translation with F4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unit GTable separated from GDbConnection; added BeforeCheck and AfterCheck events and property TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable inherits from TZAbstractTable instead of TZTable to remove unused properties.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade movelines, primary key changed to Id and references replaced everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed field Moves.MoveNumber, replaced by Id in previous version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* New table CountryCodes to have an unique Id for Countries like other tables.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added fields CountryId to Company, CustomerAddresses, SalesDocs and perform automatic upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* XPM, LRS and others moved into &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; svn subfolder&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter for TGlabel by default&lt;br /&gt;
* EntryPanel don&#039;t save readonly controls&lt;br /&gt;
* New methods TGgrid.Validate and GotoCell, new event Grid.OnValidateEntry, changed OnValidRow signature&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid EntryValidation when moving backward in the grid; Added public ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* InvoiceText field changed to TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* New visual components GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Footer property in TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed mysql-client dependance because maria-db-client or postgresql can replace it&lt;br /&gt;
* Indexes on Products.name made non unique&lt;br /&gt;
* Countries update is now deferred when a new language is set and database not yet connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Refactored and added new units UnitxxxxBase to be used in non GUI mode&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed dependencies from UnitDatamodule to Forms and UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be used,published on November,3 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bugs found with 1.4-Stable-2 only on Linux 64 bits, because for this target we have used a more recent Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) and have had discovered some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects bad language selection when no test version remain installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Linux 64 bits version doesn&#039;t work, and must be replaced by the last 1.4 Stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on May, 03 2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects an error when validating an invoice not previously saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on March, 03 2017. Please, replace with last stable version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a severe regression during invoices validation, which generated incomplete accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
# a wrong evaluation of read only accounting entries, in some situations.&lt;br /&gt;
# sorting order of FEC export (for french accountings)&lt;br /&gt;
# display of sales document dates with old layouts&lt;br /&gt;
# perform automatic reconnection after a network error&lt;br /&gt;
# Roundings in balance sheet layout for french accountings&lt;br /&gt;
# a small bug when invoicing with no sale category created&lt;br /&gt;
# display now an error message when entering 2 overlapping fiscal periods (regression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on January, 04 2017. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Error when cancelling an accounting entry (on Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# Amounts multiplicated by 100 in FEC export (for France only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug corrected in Areas and Product groups (with MariaDb only)&lt;br /&gt;
# Imports : Table list not emptied and looking like untranslated&lt;br /&gt;
# An error when printing remaining amount on invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
# An issue when creating a product before any Sales category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on October, 05 2016. Please replace with last version if available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug duplicated field when copying to invoice&lt;br /&gt;
# Bug when display accounting entry after search (wrong alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Error after Customer update when combobox item was not assigned during creation&lt;br /&gt;
# Error in select customerduespayments&lt;br /&gt;
# Access violation when saving database parameters without connection before.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set always readwrite a new inserted line&lt;br /&gt;
# Added missing upgrade (UpdateCustomerDuesPayments)&lt;br /&gt;
# When modifying only default value of a field, NULL/NOT NULL was lost&lt;br /&gt;
# Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber must have a default value.&lt;br /&gt;
# Downgrade improved&lt;br /&gt;
# Now, Debian build installs the package after a successful build&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations for debian man and desktop files added in inifiles and used during build&lt;br /&gt;
# Display in bold or italic main address in Customer form&lt;br /&gt;
# Workaround to prevent unchecking main address or contact (GCheckBox.Enabled property do not work properly)&lt;br /&gt;
# Corrected wrong MySql driver names for MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of generic MySql drivers on LINUX and MAC OS/X (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
# Added search of drivers for MySql 5.6 and 5.7 on all systems (need ZEOSLib Patch)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on September, 05 2016. Please, replace with next version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# After database upgrade, errors while validating or cancelling new accounting entries, and creating product groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate #2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on August, 03 2016. Please replace with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : sometimes a new entry was not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : templates are sorted by alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
# SQL : added a script in the distribution, to alter the database, allowing downgrade to version 1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Windows : issue when starting with an username containing accentuated or other national characters.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mac OS/X : amounts should be displayed correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Release candidate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last version to be tested, on Linux 32 bits and MAC OS/X, Published on July 22, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Accounting entry : Access violation when a non existing template is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
# Added autocompletion in every ComboBox.&lt;br /&gt;
# Creation of standard missing triggers during database upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialization of new field EntryDate to value of UpdateDate when it is NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Translations to spanish and italian completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 16, 2016. Please, replace it with next version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This version corrects :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# a bug when importing &amp;quot;tab&amp;quot; delimited files.&lt;br /&gt;
# the integrated translator, adding a button to count the number of missing translations.&lt;br /&gt;
# the creation of accounts, displaying now a default value &amp;quot;regular&amp;quot; for the header&lt;br /&gt;
# copy of quotes into invoices&lt;br /&gt;
# quotes deletion&lt;br /&gt;
# display of credit notes, now in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New translations in spanish and italian have not been done, a not many tests have been done with PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on June, 06, 2016. Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version, published on May, 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please, replace it with last beta version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Orders :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We can now enter orders, similar to quotes and invoices (Thanks to &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; from Italy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a field in AccountingEntries and Reconciliations to store Entry date time. Distinct from UpdateDate and not altered by a backup restauration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Displaying the first page of accounting entries is now much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected an issue preventing program exit when database server has gone during Accounting entries&lt;br /&gt;
* FEC export (legal requirement in France) was improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected bugs with main contact and main delivery contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In SQL Tab, added a checkbox to commit or rollback after script is executed. &lt;br /&gt;
* SplashForm is more visible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jump from 1.2 to 1.4 to match Gestinux_util version &lt;br /&gt;
* Primary Key changed in Table Moves and MovesTemplates. Field MoveNumber is now unused, but updated for descending compatibility. Should be removed in next version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Component EntryPanel used in most basic forms. &lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoices and Quotes are now stored in the same table (SalesDocs), and Orders too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Old tables are kept for descending compatibility, when they don&#039;t store specific informations&lt;br /&gt;
* In TGTable, when DefaultExpression is NOW or CURRENT_TIMESTAMP for a DateTime field, the default value is set to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* SalesInvoice reports are now in folder SalesDocs&lt;br /&gt;
* Translator is improved a little, and some bugs were corrected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published on Mar, 03, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction on Mar 05 of Windows version, to add italian language to installer, and an icon to the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Database reorganisation is not required if you had the previous version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an error, possibly leading to unbalanced accounting entries, in particular usages of bank matching. If you created your database with a previous version and want to use bank matching, you should, for security, run a [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;amp;t=76&amp;amp;p=297#p297 script provided in the forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some errors when saving data into the database was not displayed. They are displayed now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display of field &amp;quot;Accuracy&amp;quot; when searching for accounting entries by amount (it has disappeared).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppressed an useless message when displaying non editable accounting entries (end date &amp;lt; start date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reconciliation, next or previous account, accounts totally reconcilied are no more displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Added &#039;&#039;&#039;italian&#039;&#039;&#039; translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stable version, published on Nov 18, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages after entering accounts containing letters in standard accounting reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removed messages issued during manual entry of a date in the customizable accounting report. (Balance sheet et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 24, 2015. Please install and use the last stable version instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrects an issue when importing accounting entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published on Sep 22, 2015. Please replace with the last version for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, an export and a query (used in France), are now correctly installed. If your database was created with a previous version, you have to reorganize it (Parameters, Database, Check the box in the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reports, the thousand separator &amp;quot;non-breaking space&amp;quot; is replaced by a regular space, because it was wrongly converted and unprintable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows and Linux, it is now impossible to modify a default report definition installed by the distribution. You have to use another name to save a change made to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Aug 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows, installs now correctly Journals and General Ledger default reports. If you still don&#039;t have General Ledger, you have to reorganize the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Jul 01, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jun 02, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 25, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Apr 24, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small known bug : can&#039;t validate an invoice, except if you have opened and closed before AccountingEntry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 31, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version published Feb 05, 2015. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* New translation in spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
* The english translation has been improved a little.&lt;br /&gt;
* The integrated translator has been improved and allows now to find and remove unused keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New functionalities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Customers and sales documents :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creation of quotes&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of quotes in invoices and mutually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quote layouts can be different of invoice layouts, or identical (shared). &lt;br /&gt;
* Sub-totals with automatic computation during entry, and free editable label.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbering of credit notes is now distinct of invoice numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet on customer form, to list invoices, payments and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Accounting :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* End of period : completely rewritten and simplified. Is now performed in one step.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customizable reports of type balance sheet can now be defined between two dates, not only a fiscal period.  &lt;br /&gt;
* New customizable report of type balance sheet, to fill a monthly VAT form. Should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export of accounting entries with a customizable query. This is required in some countries and should be customized for national specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
* Can define freely other queries to export accounting entries, e.g for audit or consolidation purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL queries can be defined freely, stored in database and imported from files for any useful update. &lt;br /&gt;
* Using this functionality, last backup restauration is easier&lt;br /&gt;
* New tabsheet to display informations about the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can change password on server for the currently identified user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Client side custom parameters can be added freely.&lt;br /&gt;
* A custom database driver can be specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other improvements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic reorganisation of database will allow a better descending compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* This will allow removing of duplicate or unused fields, in the next release, without hazard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Invoices : field &amp;quot;Batch&amp;quot; is now saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Can no more select a header account in accounting entry&lt;br /&gt;
* A default layout for general ledger is now created the first time or after reorganization.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the customizable balance sheet report, there is no more useless button for constant fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports has been improved to make usage easier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Exports no more contain useless semicolumns, which was not allowed in some softwares.&lt;br /&gt;
* The field Name in table FiscalYears, unused in the last 2 releases, was deleted for new databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* No more need to define accounting parameters if you want only to make pro-forma invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* In invoices, contact is now entered or selected before address.&lt;br /&gt;
* Connection configurations are managed, after creation and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Filenames with accentuated, national or regional characters (UTF-8) can now be used on Windows, not only on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* The configuration inifile can be specified with &#039;&#039;&#039;-c Filename&#039;&#039;&#039;. The old syntax is still available but will be removed in next version to allow more parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical changes (for developers) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Folder containing packaging and installation scripts has been renamed from &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The script to make debian packages includes now any language available ( .ini file) without modification required.&lt;br /&gt;
* For alpha, beta et release-candidate versions, application is installed with the name gestinux-test, and do not modify anything in a previously installed stable release.&lt;br /&gt;
* UnitLanguages has been moved to Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Translation files for Gestinux and Gestinux_util was splitted, to allow other applications than Gestinux to use Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installation location of gestinux_util, in Lazarus EDI, is now available through a macro. This way any application using Gestinux_util can find translations, wherever they were installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Translations sections are now based on FormClassName, instead of FormName, and this will allow several forms of the same class, and a multi-document interface.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different versions of Gestinux require specific versions of Gestinux_util, and they can be loaded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Autocommit was replaced by explicit commit to ensure data consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
* Common methods to save and read images or memos in database.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all visual components : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et a border of 3px are now set by default, allowing a quicker designing of a form.&lt;br /&gt;
** hint is now translated dynamically, in case of toggling language at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : New visual component to select a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : The active page is no more saved in the dfm, to avoid a wrong page to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : New property MaxLength and size computed from this property value.&lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : A descending sort criteria is never more saved as ascending&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template and ancestor class method to display a form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published September 24, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrected an issue with accounting entries templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it anymore, except temporarily for upgrading from 1.0 to 1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published August 28, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few new features, but improvements of the previous stable version (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Computation of VAT due on payments (For now, only for invoices with one due, paid in one time) &lt;br /&gt;
* Storage of the user having inserted or updated data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed useless fields. &lt;br /&gt;
* Better management of descending compatibility. &lt;br /&gt;
* Of course fixing of bugs described with version 1.0 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published June 24, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published April 03, 2014. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.0 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 31, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some bugs :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Imports are not working at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* With PostgreSQl when creating or editing an accounting journals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Nov 12, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 31, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Aug 05, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Mar 08, 2013. Please, replace it with last version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 25, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Jan 3, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 18, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published Dec 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 0.5 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last release published May 24, 2011. &lt;br /&gt;
Please do not use it and [[Installing#Installation_of_Gestinux_1.0|upgrade now]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4277</id>
		<title>CurrentVersion/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=CurrentVersion/fr&amp;diff=4277"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T16:02:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* 1.5 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Notes de versions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour mettre à jour, téléchargez et exécutez tout simplement le nouveau paquet d&#039;installation. [http://gestinux.net/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client Plus de détails ici]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.6 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 18/05/2026, à tester avec précautions sous Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.6-Rc1 sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Windows et Mac OS/X.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous la souhaitez pour Windows, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.6 Release-Candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/01/2025, à tester avec précautions sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez la Rc-2, faites en la demande sur le forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des évolutions depuis la 1.5 Stable sera affichée dès que possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.5 =&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/08/2020, à utiliser en remplacement de toutes les versions antérieures sous Linux et Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non encore disponible pour Mac OS/X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tous les bugs signalés ont été corrigés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le champ Function de la table Contacts a été dupliqué en ContactFunction, il est conservé pour compatibilité, mais sera supprimé dans la version suivante car il est incompatible avec les dernières versions de MySql ou MariaDb.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certaines traductions en italien et espagnol sont manquantes (encore en anglais).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 11/12/2019, Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la version stable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Compile sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrigé un bug en supprimant une écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
* Met les écritures en lecture seule ou pas après une recherche avancée. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.5 Beta-4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/12/2019. Ne pas utiliser, remplacer par la release candidate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouvelles fonctionnalités ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion du stock des produits et inventaire&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation d&#039;un bon de livraison&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour du stock après validation de devis ou de commandes pour estimation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestion de magasins et dépots&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriétés dans les familles de produits, utilisées par défaut lors de la création de nouveaux articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recalcul des stocks en cas de mise à jour erronée non réalisée par gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ &#039;&#039;Référence externe&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== EDI (échange de données informatiques) ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importation de commandes dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportation de bons de livraison et de factures dans un format EDIFact&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Recherche avancée : les soldes sont affichés &lt;br /&gt;
* Lettrage : on peut générer une écriture de régularisation automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Définition des bilans, Comptes d&#039;exploitation et autres éditions paramétrables : vérification des comptes imputés plusieurs fois, et des comptes manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Prise en compte encore expérimentale des langages écrits de droite à gauche (RTL) avec un petit nombre de traductions en hébreu pour tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Améliorations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle présentation colorisée du menu principal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Import/Export de données ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;un panneau d&#039;attente pendant la vérification et l&#039;éxécution d&#039;une requête SQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Chargement plus rapide des gros scripts SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Articles ====&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;index sur le nom des articles n&#039;est plus unique&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Documents de vente ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Vérification des échéances et règlements avant de sauvegarder le document.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas copier les échéances en copiant un document de vente, les recalculer au contraire en fonction de la nouvelle date du document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comptabilité ====&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus supprimer par erreur une écriture générée par la validation d&#039;une facture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traductions ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Améliorations de la traduction dynamique (touche F4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles unités GTable séparée de GDbConnection; ajout d&#039;événements OnBeforeCheck et OnAfterCheck et de la propriété TableOrder.&lt;br /&gt;
* TGTable descend désormais de TZAbstractTable au lieu de TZTable pour supprimer des propriétés inutiles et simplifier.&lt;br /&gt;
* Evolution de la table MoveLines, définition de sa clé primaire sur le champ Id, et modification de toutes les références concernées.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression du champ Moves.MoveNumber, remplacé par le champ Id depuis la version 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelle table CountryCodes pour avoir un Id et un code 2 lettres uniques pour chaque pays.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout des champs CountryId aux tables Company, CustomerAddresses et SalesDocs avec mise à jour automatique et duplication par rapport au code pays qui sera supprimé dans une prochaine version.&lt;br /&gt;
* les XPM, LRS et autres images sont déplacées dans un sous-dossier &amp;quot;image&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alignment=taCenter par défaut sur les TGlabel&lt;br /&gt;
* TGEntryPanel : plus de sauvegarde des champs en lecture seule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvelles méthodes TGgrid.Validate and TGgrid.GotoCell, nouvel événemnt TGGrid.OnValidateEntry, modification de la signature de l&#039;événement OnValidRow&lt;br /&gt;
* Ne pas valider une case quand on revient en arrière dans une TGGrid. Ajout de la méthode globale ValidateRow;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ InvoiceText des documents de vente est de type TMemoField&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveaux composants visuels GDateTimeEdit and GFolderEdit&lt;br /&gt;
* Propriété Footer dans les TGGrid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mise à jour des pays retardée quand un nouveau langage est sélectionné et que la base de données n&#039;est pas encore connectée.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les paquets d&#039;installation debian/ubuntu, supprimé la dépendance à mysql-client car incompatible avec mariadb-client, et parce que postgresql peut la remplacer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout de nouvelles unités UnitxxxxBase qui pourront être utilisées dans les projets de type console ou web, indépendants de la LCL&lt;br /&gt;
* Supprimé les dépendances à la LCL de UnitDatamodule pour les mêmes raisons&lt;br /&gt;
* Ces 2 dernières modifications, plutôt lourdes, ont permis et permettront de réaliser avec Lazarus des programmes serveurs alimentant un site web ou des smartphones sous Android ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.4 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/03/2018, à remplacer par la dernère version stable pour Windows et Linux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige un bug rencontré lors de la réouverture d&#039;un exercice fiscal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elle effectue un &amp;quot;ping&amp;quot; régulier vers la base de données &#039;&#039;pendant les périodes d&#039;inactivité&#039;&#039;, ce qui semble diminuer la fréquence de blocages rencontrés dans certaines configurations réseau et avec MySql 5.7 ou MariaDb 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/11/2017. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par rapport à la version Stable-2, cette version corrige des problèmes a priori uniquement rencontrés sur la version &#039;&#039;&#039;Debian 64 bits&#039;&#039;&#039;, parce que, pour cette cible, elle a dû être réalisée avec une version plus récente de Lazarus (1.8-RC-3) qui a apporté quelques mauvaises surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable-2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une mauvaise selection des langues quand on a installé une version stable sans version de test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Stable  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/05/2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige une erreur quand on validait une facture sans l&#039;avoir précédemment enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°6  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/03/2017. Installez la version stable à la place ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# une grosse régression dans la validation des factures de vente, qui générait des écritures comptables incomplètes&lt;br /&gt;
# une mauvaise évaluation d&#039;écriture comptable non modifiable dans certains cas&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;ordre de tri de l&#039;export FEC, en mettant les a-nouveaux au début (recommandations non officielles)&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage de la date du document de vente avec d&#039;anciens formats&lt;br /&gt;
# reconnecte automatiquement à la base de données après une coupure réseau&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;édition du bilan en effectuant des arrondis plus cohérents&lt;br /&gt;
# un petit plantage sans conséquence quand on veut facturer sans avoir créé de catégories de vente&lt;br /&gt;
# affichage d&#039;une erreur en cas de saisie de périodes fiscales se recouvrant (régression)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°5  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 04/01/2017. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en annulant une saisie comptable (sous Windows)&lt;br /&gt;
# des montants multipliés par 100 (en centimes) dans l&#039;export FEC (pour la France seulement)&lt;br /&gt;
# un bogue en créant des zones de livraison et des familles de produits (seversionulement avec MariaDb)&lt;br /&gt;
# Dans les Imports, la liste des tables n&#039;était pas vidée et semblait non traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
# Une erreur en imprimant le reste à payer sur certaines factures.&lt;br /&gt;
# Un problème quand on créait un produit sans avoir créé de catégories de vente avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°4  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/10/2016. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version si disponible pour votre système.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue &amp;quot;duplicated field&amp;quot; en copiant un document de vente en facture&lt;br /&gt;
# Bogue en affichage d&#039;une écriture comptable après une recherche (mauvais alias)&lt;br /&gt;
# Erreur après mise à jour d&#039;un client quand une liste de choix était laissée vide à la création&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;Access violation&#039;&#039; en sauvegardant les paramètres de la base de données sans s&#039;être connecté auparavant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rendre toujours modifiable une nouvelle ligne d&#039;écriture comptable&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une mise à niveau de table manquante (paiements des échéances clients)&lt;br /&gt;
# Quand on modifiait seulement la valeur par défaut d&#039;un champ SQL, la propriété NOT NULL était supprimée.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les champs Moves.MoveNumber and MoveTemplates.TemplateNumber doivent avoir une valeur par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Amélioration de la mise à niveau vers une version précédente&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintenant, la construction d&#039;un paquet d&#039;installation Debian installe ce paquet si tout s&#039;est bien passé.&lt;br /&gt;
# Les traduction pour Debian man et desktop sont désormais dans les inifiles et utilisées pendant la construction du paquet&lt;br /&gt;
# Affichage en gras ou italique des adresses principales dans la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;, comme en saisie de facture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Contournement d&#039;un bogue non résolu avec la propriété GCheckBox.Enabled pour interdire le décochage d&#039;une adresse ou d&#039;un contact principal sur la fenêtre &amp;quot;Client&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Correction du nom des pilotes MySql sur MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes génériques MySql sur LINUX and MAC OS/X (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ajout d&#039;une recherche des pilotes MySql 5.6 et 5.7 sur tous les systèmes (Patch de ZEOSLib)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°3  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/09/2016. Merci de la remplacer par la dernière.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Après mise à niveau d&#039;une base de donnée créée par la v 1.2, erreurs dans la saisie ou l&#039;annulation des écritures ou des familles d&#039;articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable n°2  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/08/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : impossibilité de saisir parfois une nouvelle écriture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Candidate à version stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 22/07/2016.  Merci de la remplacer par la dernière. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Saisie des écritures : Bug quand on tape un modèle d&#039;écriture inexistant.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fonctionnalité d&#039;auto-remplissage dans toutes les ComboBox (liste de choix).&lt;br /&gt;
# Création des triggers standards manquants lors de la mise à niveau de la base.&lt;br /&gt;
# Initialisation du nouveau champ EntryDate à la valeur de UpdateDate s&#039;il est NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
# Traductions en espagnol et en italien terminées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 16/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la version suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette version corrige :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# un bug dans l&#039;importation de fichiers délimités par des tabulations.&lt;br /&gt;
# le traducteur intégré en ajoutant un comptage des traductions restant à faire&lt;br /&gt;
# la création de comptes comptables, en affichant par défaut le type &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# la copie de devis en factures&lt;br /&gt;
# la suppression de devis&lt;br /&gt;
# l&#039;affichage des avoirs qui est maintenant en rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les nouvelles traductions en espagnol et italien n&#039;ont pas encore été faites, et peu de tests ont été réalisés avec PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 06/06/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.4 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 17/05/2016. Veuillez la remplacer par la dernière version Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commandes&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais créer des commandes comme des devis ou des factures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039; d&#039;Italie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouveau champ pour enregistrer la date de création ou modification d&#039;une écriture ou d&#039;un lettrage, non modifié par une restauration de sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Autres modifications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* La première page de la saisie des écritures est affichée beaucoup plus vite.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut maintenant fermer le programme quand la connexion à la base de données est tombée durant la saisie des écritures.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;export FEC (obligation légale en France) a été amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Les contacts principaux sont désormais correctement enregistrés dans tous les cas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Autres&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ajout d&#039;une case à cocher dans l&#039;onglet SQL des Imports/Exports, pour annuler ou valider le script après exécution &lt;br /&gt;
* Les messages d&#039;attente sont plus visibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changements techniques (à l&#039;attention des développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On saute de la version 1.2 à 1.4 pour correspondre à la dernière version de Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* La clé primaire a été changée dans les tables Moves et MovesTemplates, sur le champ Id. Le champ MoveNumber est désormais inutilisé, mais conservé et mis à jour pour compatibilité descendante. Il devrait être supprimé dans la version suivante.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le composant EntryPanel est utilisé dans la plupart des fenêtres de saisie de données de base pour simplifier considérablement le code. &lt;br /&gt;
* Les factures et les devis sont enregistrés dans la même table (SalesDocs), comme le sont les commandes, pour permettre des évolutions futures (Merci à &#039;&#039;nomorelogic&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les anciennes tables sont conservées et tenues à jour pour compatibilité descendante, ou bien parce qu&#039;elles stockent des informations spécifiques à un type de document de vente.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les TGTable, si DefaultExpression est NOW ou CURRENT_TIMESTAMP pour un champ DateTime, la valeur par défaut est CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les présentations d&#039;états du dossier SalesInvoice sont enregistrées dans le dossier SalesDocs. L&#039;ancien est conservé mais non mis à jour.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le traducteur intégré a été un peu amélioré.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 03/03/2016 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction le 05/03 de la version Windows, pour ajouter la langue italienne à l&#039;installateur et une icône au programme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il n&#039;est pas demandé de réorganiser la base de données si vous utilisiez la version précédente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;une erreur pouvant entraîner une comptabilité déséquilibrée, dans certains usages particuliers du pointage bancaire. Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente et que vous utilisez le pointage bancaire, il faudrait, par sécurité, passer un [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewtopic.php?f=2&amp;amp;t=75 script fourni dans le forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certains messages d&#039;erreurs lors d&#039;enregistrement dans la base de donnée ne s&#039;affichaient pas, ce qui est maintenant corrigé.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Affichage du champ &amp;quot;Tolérance&amp;quot; pour la recherche comptable par montant (il avait disparu).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression d&#039;un message inopportun en consultation d&#039;écritures non modifiables (date de fin &amp;lt; date de début).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En lettrage, compte suivant ou précédent, on n&#039;affiche plus les comptes totalement lettrés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ajout de la traduction en &#039;&#039;&#039;Italien&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version stable, publiée le 18/11/2015&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages bloquants après saisie de comptes contenant des lettres dans les éditions comptables classiques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppression de messages gênants pendant la saisie manuelle de dates dans l&#039;édition comptable paramétrable (Bilan et c...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 24/10/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et d&#039;utiliser à la place la dernière version stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un problème en importation d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 22/09/2015. Merci de remplacer par la dernière version à tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige quelques erreurs sous Windows : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l&#039;export FEC, et la Requête pour mettre à jour un plan comptable importé n&#039;étaient pas installés.&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez créé votre base avec une version précédente, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données (Paramètres, Bases de données, et cochez la case en bas) pour voir apparaître l&#039;export et la requête manquants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un mauvais formatage du séparateur de milliers dans les éditions, dans le cas où ce séparateur est défini dans les options de régionalisation comme un &amp;quot;espace insécable&amp;quot;. Il est alors remplacé par un espace simple, car le premier ne peut pas être géré actuellement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En outre, sous Linux ou Windows, il a été rendu impossible de modifier les définitions d&#039;éditions par défaut, livrées avec le logiciel. Vous pouvez bien entendu enregistrer leurs modifications, mais sous un autre nom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/08/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrige un souci important sous Windows uniquement : les éditions de journaux et de grand-livre n&#039;étaient pas installées. Si vous n&#039;avez pas de Grand-Livre avec cette version, il est nécessaire de faire une réorganisation de la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 01/07/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 02/06/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et de tester la version plus récente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/04/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Petit bug connu : impossible de valider une facture, sauf si vous avez avant ouvert et fermé la saisie d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/03/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.2 Beta 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version publiée le 05/02/2015. Merci d&#039;installer et tester la dernière version beta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traduction en espagnol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La traduction en anglais a été améliorée.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le traducteur intégré a été amélioré et permet de trouver et supprimer les clés inutilisées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nouveautés ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clients et Documents de vente :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Saisie de devis&lt;br /&gt;
* Copie de devis en factures et réciproquement. &lt;br /&gt;
* Présentations des devis pouvant être distinctes de celles des factures, ou bien identiques. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de sous-totaux actualisés automatiquement en saisie et avec libellé librement modifiable. &lt;br /&gt;
* La numérotation des avoirs est maintenant distincte de celle des factures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet sur la fiche client, pour voir les factures, les paiements et le solde comptable du client affiché.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comptabilité :&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Clôture de l&#039;exercice : entièrement réécrite et simplifiée, se fait désormais en une seule passe.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de type bilan, pouvant être définie entre 2 dates au choix, pas seulement sur un exercice fiscal.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Edition paramétrable de la TVA pour remplir le formulaire mensuel de déclaration en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Export avec requête disponible pour générer le format &amp;quot;FEC&amp;quot; désormais obligatoire en France. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de définir librement d&#039;autres requêtes pour exporter les écritures, par exemple en vue d&#039;un audit ou d&#039;une consolidation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base de données : &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Requêtes SQL enregistrables pouvant être définies librement, enregistrées et importées pour toute mise à jour qui s&#039;avèrerait utile.&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité par ce moyen de restaurer plus facilement la dernière sauvegarde.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nouvel onglet pour voir des informations sur la base de données. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité de changer le mot de passe de l&#039;utilisateur identifié sur le serveur. &lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;ajouter librement des paramètres supplémentaires pour le client&lt;br /&gt;
* Possibilité d&#039;utiliser un pilote de base de données spécifique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Principales améliorations et corrections moins importantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Réorganisation automatique permettant dans la nouvelle version une meilleure compatibilité descendante&lt;br /&gt;
* Ceci autorisera, dans la prochaine version, la suppression automatisée de champs dupliqués et/ou mal nommés sans aucun risque.&lt;br /&gt;
* Factures : le champ &amp;quot;Lot&amp;quot; est désormais enregistré.&lt;br /&gt;
* On ne peut plus choisir un compte d&#039;entête dans une écriture comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
* Une édition par défaut du grand livre est désormais créée au démarrage ou après réorganisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans l&#039;édition paramétrable comptable (bilan), il n&#039;y a plus de bouton inutile pour les champs constants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Imports ont reçu quelques améliorations pour en faciliter l&#039;utilisation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les Exports ne contiennent plus de point virgules inutiles, qui n&#039;étaient pas acceptés par certains logiciels.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le champ Name de la table FiscalYears, qui n&#039;est plus utilisé depuis 2 versions, a été supprimé.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plus besoin de définir les paramètres comptables pour une facture pro-forma.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dans les factures, le contact est maintenant saisi avant l&#039;adresse.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les configurations de connexion à une base de données sont mieux gérées, après création ou suppression.&lt;br /&gt;
* On peut désormais partout choisir des noms de fichiers contenant des caractères accentués ou régionaux (UTF-8) ce qui n&#039;était pas possible sous Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evolutions techniques (pour les développeurs) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le dossier contenant les scripts d&#039;installation a été renommé de &amp;quot;tools&amp;quot; en &amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Le script permettant de générer des paquet debian inclut désormais toute traduction disponible sans devoir être modifié.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour les versions alpha, beta et release-candidate, l&#039;application est installée sous le nom gestinux-test et ne modifie pas du tout une version stable précedemment installée.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;unité UnitLanguages a été déplacée dans Gestinux_util&lt;br /&gt;
* Les fichiers de traduction pour Gestinux and Gestinux_util ont été scindés, ce qui permet à d&#039;autres applications que Gestinux d&#039;utiliser Gestinux_util.&lt;br /&gt;
* L&#039;emplacement d&#039;installation de gestinux_util dans l&#039;EDI Lazarus est maintenant disponible via une Macro. Ainsi, toute application utilisant Gestinux_util peut trouver les traductions de Gestinux_util quelque soit leurs emplacements d&#039;installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les sections des traductions sont désormais les FormClassName et non plus les FormName, pour permettre d&#039;avoir plusieurs formes de même classe et même une interface multidocuments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Les différentes versions de Gestinux requièrent des versions précises de Gestinux_util qui peuvent être chargées automatiquement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Le mode AutoCommit est remplacé par des Commit explicites, pour assurer l&#039;intégrité des données.&lt;br /&gt;
* Message corrigé en cas d&#039;erreur de format dans le décodage de dates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Méthodes communes pour sauvegarder et lire des images ou des mémos dans la base.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pour tous les composants visuels : &lt;br /&gt;
** alignement &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; et bordure par défaut permettant la construction accélérée d&#039;un formulaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Le hint est désormais traduit dynamiquement, en cas de changement de language à l&#039;exécution.&lt;br /&gt;
* GFileEdit : Nouveau composant visuel pour sélectionner un fichier.&lt;br /&gt;
* GTabControl : La page active n&#039;est plus enregistrée dans le lfm, ce qui évite une mauvaise page par défaut si le programme ne l&#039;initialise pas.&lt;br /&gt;
* GEditButton : Nouvelle propriété MaxLength &lt;br /&gt;
* GDbGrid : un critère de tri descendant n&#039;est plus sauvegardé comme ascendant.&lt;br /&gt;
* GForm : Template et méthodes de classe ancêtre permettant d&#039;afficher une Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 1.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dernière version stable, publiée le 24/09/2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction d&#039;un problème bloquant dans l&#039;affichage des modèles d&#039;écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 1.0 à 1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Stable 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 28/08/2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peu de nouveautés, mais consolidation de la version stable précédente (1.0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Calcul de la TVA sur les encaissements (uniquement pour factures à une échéance, payées en une fois, pour l&#039;instant) &lt;br /&gt;
* Enregistrement systématique de l&#039;utilisateur ayant créé les données&lt;br /&gt;
* Suppression de champs redondants &lt;br /&gt;
* Meilleure gestion de la compatibilité descendante &lt;br /&gt;
* Évidemment, correction des problèmes décrits avec la 1.0 ci-dessous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/06/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.1 Beta 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/04/2014. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Stable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/01/2014. Ne plus utiliser, sauf temporairement pour passer de la version 0.5 à 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 12/11/2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 31/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 05/08/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Release candidate 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 08/03/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 8 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 25/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 03/01/2013. Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 18/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1.0 Beta 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 10/12/2012.  Ne plus utiliser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= 0.5 Release candidate 2 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Publiée le 24/05/2011.  Veuillez ne plus l&#039;utiliser et [[Installing/fr#Installation_du_programme_client|Mettre à jour]] maintenant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4276</id>
		<title>Developing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4276"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T07:23:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Packages which are required */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Developing Gestinux =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an open source software and anyone can help to its development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some guidelines for project maintenance follow, which can be discussed in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tests ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux must work in various combinations of environments, databases, and languages. It would be useful to have referent testers in each of these different possible combinations, particularly during release-candidates publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test safely, especially non stable versions, it is better to [[copyfortest|make a copy]] of a production database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily [[Translating|translate]] gestinux into your mother language, and existing translations can definitely be improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation, this Wiki, is made with MediaWiki and you can improve it. Read [[Help:Contents|this page]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any question or remark, it is necessary to use only the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] and not the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programmation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lazarus versions and sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; was eventually developed using Lazarus 2.0.10 and FreePascal 3.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; requires Lazarus 4.2 with FreePascal 3.2.2.  Please, report if the last version is working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtaining Gestinux sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux source code is managed using SVN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is easier if you install some GUI SVN Client program : [http://rapidsvn.tigris.org/ RapidSvn] for Linux and [http://tortoisesvn.net/ TortoiseSVN] for Windows are working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must also have a SourceForge account and will need to enter your SourceForge password, or set up a SSL secured connection to SourceForge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The svn command line is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  svn checkout --username=your_sourceforge_account svn+ssh://your_sourceforge_account@svn.code.sf.net/p/gestinux/code &amp;lt;your_local_source_directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read [https://sourceforge.net/p/forge/documentation/SSH%20Keys/ this documentation] to avoid entering your password every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You should improve or create new sources and/or new functionalities in the &#039;&#039;&#039;trunk&#039;&#039;&#039; branch only, after having obtained a developer profile in the sourceforge project (ask in the development forum).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last stable branch, only fix important and well identified bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not change anything in older branches which are available for history only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should lock the files before changing anything. For this and to commit, ask in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=7 forum] to be granted a &amp;quot;developer&amp;quot; privilege for Gestinux SourceForge project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages which are required ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compiles with the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 7.2.6.1&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-7.2.6-stable/zeosdbo-7.2.6.1-stable.zip/download Download sources] and unzip in any folder.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.15&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.15_20170215.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to any directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 0.9.9 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.5]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; needs the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use more recent versions of the packages, but at your own risk ! Let us know if using a newer version of any of these packages works successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable.zip/download  Download sources] and unzip.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** Alternatively the package manager can be used to install ZeosLib 8.0 (but only this package)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.17&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.17_20240624_new.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to a directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 1.0 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.6 version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gestinux development Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the right Lazarus version (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
* Only use English for identifiers and comments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the Code Formatter (CTRL+D) to indent modified sources, with default options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[gestinux_util]] documentation, and do not use a Txxxx component when there is a TGxxxx component in this package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What to do ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone can help !&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a beginner, there are some simple things you can do, and this would save time.&lt;br /&gt;
From gurus, we do need better components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting anything, you are advised to discuss your proposal a bit in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development  forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging and OS specific informations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build a Debian package using scripts located in trunk/install/debian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source are exported from the repository and recompiled before building the package, to ensure everything is in the repository. The SVN revision will be included automatically in the binary to be visible in the &amp;quot;About&amp;quot; form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build and install a package run (e.g with trunk and Lazarus 64 bits). Replace &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your sourceforge account&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; by your specific values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;/gestinux/1.4/install/debian/build_pkg.sh SYSTEM=&amp;quot;Debian&amp;quot; TARGET=&amp;quot;x86_64&amp;quot; SVNUSER=&amp;quot;&amp;lt;your sourceforge user&amp;gt;&amp;quot; BRANCH=&amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should build a lintian valid Debian package, reading some translations for man and desktop in available translation files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can make the same for other Linux distributions !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build an installer for Windows 32 bits with InnoSetup 5 and the command file trunk/install/windows/build_i386_win32.bat.  Windows PowerShell is used to extract and include the SVN revision in the binary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be installed and works on Windows 64 bits. It is also possible to use build_x86_win64.bat, with Lazarus 64 bits, to make a 64 bits installer. Since this is not very useful and not used currently, check if the script is up to date against the 32 bits one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We include MySql 5.0 client drivers, installed only on the target system if no more recent MySql driver is present . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac OS/X ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently gestinux.app can be built for Intel 32 bits with the script trunk/install/osx/build_osx_i386_32.sh.The SVN revision must be included manually. There is a gestinux.pmdoc to make manually a gestinux.pkg which can be installed and works on 32 or 64 bits Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since I have only an old Macintosh with OS/X 10.6, I can&#039;t use up-to-date tools to build installers and add certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can help in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Supported DBMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MySql 5.7, MariaDb 10.3, and PostgreSQL 9 are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MySql because administration is quite simple.&lt;br /&gt;
* PostgreSql because it is completely free software.&lt;br /&gt;
* MariaDb for both reasons. It is the recommended DBMS to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the future, we may try other DBMS, but that would require a bigger development team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main sources, avoid SQL statements specific to some DBMS.&lt;br /&gt;
When there is no alternative, compatibility procedures should be made. They are all centralized in one unit (util/gconnection.pas).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Table and fields definitions and properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Gestinux_util]] there is a [[TGTable]] component used to store all the metadata of tables used in Gestinux. With this component, there is no need to store table definitions elsewhere, and no SQL script is required to initialize or upgrade the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The database and table structures are created by the main executable, as specified in unitdatamodule.pas, in [[TGTable]] properties. See the component [[TGTable]] for more details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4275</id>
		<title>Developing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4275"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T07:19:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Developing Gestinux =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an open source software and anyone can help to its development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some guidelines for project maintenance follow, which can be discussed in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tests ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux must work in various combinations of environments, databases, and languages. It would be useful to have referent testers in each of these different possible combinations, particularly during release-candidates publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test safely, especially non stable versions, it is better to [[copyfortest|make a copy]] of a production database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily [[Translating|translate]] gestinux into your mother language, and existing translations can definitely be improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation, this Wiki, is made with MediaWiki and you can improve it. Read [[Help:Contents|this page]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any question or remark, it is necessary to use only the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] and not the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programmation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lazarus versions and sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; was eventually developed using Lazarus 2.0.10 and FreePascal 3.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; requires Lazarus 4.2 with FreePascal 3.2.2.  Please, report if the last version is working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtaining Gestinux sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux source code is managed using SVN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is easier if you install some GUI SVN Client program : [http://rapidsvn.tigris.org/ RapidSvn] for Linux and [http://tortoisesvn.net/ TortoiseSVN] for Windows are working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must also have a SourceForge account and will need to enter your SourceForge password, or set up a SSL secured connection to SourceForge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The svn command line is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  svn checkout --username=your_sourceforge_account svn+ssh://your_sourceforge_account@svn.code.sf.net/p/gestinux/code &amp;lt;your_local_source_directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read [https://sourceforge.net/p/forge/documentation/SSH%20Keys/ this documentation] to avoid entering your password every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You should improve or create new sources and/or new functionalities in the &#039;&#039;&#039;trunk&#039;&#039;&#039; branch only, after having obtained a developer profile in the sourceforge project (ask in the development forum).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last stable branch, only fix important and well identified bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not change anything in older branches which are available for history only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should lock the files before changing anything. For this and to commit, ask in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=7 forum] to be granted a &amp;quot;developer&amp;quot; privilege for Gestinux SourceForge project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages which are required ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compiles with the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 7.2.6.1&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-7.2.6-stable/zeosdbo-7.2.6.1-stable.zip/download Download sources] and unzip in any folder.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.15&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.15_20170215.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to any directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 0.9.9 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.5 or 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.5 or trunk branch.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; needs the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use more recent versions of the packages, but at your own risk ! Let us know if using a newer version of any of these packages works successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable.zip/download  Download sources] and unzip.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** Alternatively the package manager can be used to install ZeosLib 8.0 (but only this package)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.17&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.17_20240624_new.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to a directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 1.0 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.6 version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gestinux development Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the right Lazarus version (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
* Only use English for identifiers and comments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the Code Formatter (CTRL+D) to indent modified sources, with default options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[gestinux_util]] documentation, and do not use a Txxxx component when there is a TGxxxx component in this package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What to do ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone can help !&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a beginner, there are some simple things you can do, and this would save time.&lt;br /&gt;
From gurus, we do need better components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting anything, you are advised to discuss your proposal a bit in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development  forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging and OS specific informations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build a Debian package using scripts located in trunk/install/debian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source are exported from the repository and recompiled before building the package, to ensure everything is in the repository. The SVN revision will be included automatically in the binary to be visible in the &amp;quot;About&amp;quot; form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build and install a package run (e.g with trunk and Lazarus 64 bits). Replace &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your sourceforge account&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; by your specific values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;/gestinux/1.4/install/debian/build_pkg.sh SYSTEM=&amp;quot;Debian&amp;quot; TARGET=&amp;quot;x86_64&amp;quot; SVNUSER=&amp;quot;&amp;lt;your sourceforge user&amp;gt;&amp;quot; BRANCH=&amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should build a lintian valid Debian package, reading some translations for man and desktop in available translation files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can make the same for other Linux distributions !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build an installer for Windows 32 bits with InnoSetup 5 and the command file trunk/install/windows/build_i386_win32.bat.  Windows PowerShell is used to extract and include the SVN revision in the binary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be installed and works on Windows 64 bits. It is also possible to use build_x86_win64.bat, with Lazarus 64 bits, to make a 64 bits installer. Since this is not very useful and not used currently, check if the script is up to date against the 32 bits one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We include MySql 5.0 client drivers, installed only on the target system if no more recent MySql driver is present . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac OS/X ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently gestinux.app can be built for Intel 32 bits with the script trunk/install/osx/build_osx_i386_32.sh.The SVN revision must be included manually. There is a gestinux.pmdoc to make manually a gestinux.pkg which can be installed and works on 32 or 64 bits Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since I have only an old Macintosh with OS/X 10.6, I can&#039;t use up-to-date tools to build installers and add certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can help in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Supported DBMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MySql 5.7, MariaDb 10.3, and PostgreSQL 9 are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MySql because administration is quite simple.&lt;br /&gt;
* PostgreSql because it is completely free software.&lt;br /&gt;
* MariaDb for both reasons. It is the recommended DBMS to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the future, we may try other DBMS, but that would require a bigger development team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main sources, avoid SQL statements specific to some DBMS.&lt;br /&gt;
When there is no alternative, compatibility procedures should be made. They are all centralized in one unit (util/gconnection.pas).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Table and fields definitions and properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Gestinux_util]] there is a [[TGTable]] component used to store all the metadata of tables used in Gestinux. With this component, there is no need to store table definitions elsewhere, and no SQL script is required to initialize or upgrade the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The database and table structures are created by the main executable, as specified in unitdatamodule.pas, in [[TGTable]] properties. See the component [[TGTable]] for more details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4274</id>
		<title>Developing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4274"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T07:17:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Lazarus versions and sources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Developing Gestinux =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an open source software and anyone can help to its development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some guidelines for project maintenance follow, which can be discussed in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tests ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux must work in various combinations of environments, databases, and languages. It would be useful to have referent testers in each of these different possible combinations, particularly during release-candidates publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test safely, especially non stable versions, it is better to [[copyfortest|make a copy]] of a production database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily [[Translating|translate]] gestinux into your mother language, and existing translations can definitely be improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation, this Wiki, is made with MediaWiki and you can improve it. Read [[Help:Contents|this page]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any question or remark, it is necessary to use only the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] and not the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programmation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lazarus versions and sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux 1.5 was eventually developed using Lazarus 2.0.10 and FreePascal 3.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux 1.6 requires Lazarus 4.2 with FreePascal 3.2.2.  Please, report if the last version is working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtaining Gestinux sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux source code is managed using SVN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is easier if you install some GUI SVN Client program : [http://rapidsvn.tigris.org/ RapidSvn] for Linux and [http://tortoisesvn.net/ TortoiseSVN] for Windows are working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must also have a SourceForge account and will need to enter your SourceForge password, or set up a SSL secured connection to SourceForge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The svn command line is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  svn checkout --username=your_sourceforge_account svn+ssh://your_sourceforge_account@svn.code.sf.net/p/gestinux/code &amp;lt;your_local_source_directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read [https://sourceforge.net/p/forge/documentation/SSH%20Keys/ this documentation] to avoid entering your password every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You should improve or create new sources and/or new functionalities in the &#039;&#039;&#039;trunk&#039;&#039;&#039; branch only, after having obtained a developer profile in the sourceforge project (ask in the development forum).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last stable branch, only fix important and well identified bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not change anything in older branches which are available for history only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should lock the files before changing anything. For this and to commit, ask in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=7 forum] to be granted a &amp;quot;developer&amp;quot; privilege for Gestinux SourceForge project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages which are required ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compiles with the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 7.2.6.1&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-7.2.6-stable/zeosdbo-7.2.6.1-stable.zip/download Download sources] and unzip in any folder.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.15&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.15_20170215.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to any directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 0.9.9 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.5 or 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.5 or trunk branch.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; needs the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use more recent versions of the packages, but at your own risk ! Let us know if using a newer version of any of these packages works successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable.zip/download  Download sources] and unzip.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** Alternatively the package manager can be used to install ZeosLib 8.0 (but only this package)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.17&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.17_20240624_new.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to a directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 1.0 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.6 version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gestinux development Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the right Lazarus version (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
* Only use English for identifiers and comments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the Code Formatter (CTRL+D) to indent modified sources, with default options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[gestinux_util]] documentation, and do not use a Txxxx component when there is a TGxxxx component in this package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What to do ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone can help !&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a beginner, there are some simple things you can do, and this would save time.&lt;br /&gt;
From gurus, we do need better components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting anything, you are advised to discuss your proposal a bit in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development  forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging and OS specific informations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build a Debian package using scripts located in trunk/install/debian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source are exported from the repository and recompiled before building the package, to ensure everything is in the repository. The SVN revision will be included automatically in the binary to be visible in the &amp;quot;About&amp;quot; form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build and install a package run (e.g with trunk and Lazarus 64 bits). Replace &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your sourceforge account&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; by your specific values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;/gestinux/1.4/install/debian/build_pkg.sh SYSTEM=&amp;quot;Debian&amp;quot; TARGET=&amp;quot;x86_64&amp;quot; SVNUSER=&amp;quot;&amp;lt;your sourceforge user&amp;gt;&amp;quot; BRANCH=&amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should build a lintian valid Debian package, reading some translations for man and desktop in available translation files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can make the same for other Linux distributions !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build an installer for Windows 32 bits with InnoSetup 5 and the command file trunk/install/windows/build_i386_win32.bat.  Windows PowerShell is used to extract and include the SVN revision in the binary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be installed and works on Windows 64 bits. It is also possible to use build_x86_win64.bat, with Lazarus 64 bits, to make a 64 bits installer. Since this is not very useful and not used currently, check if the script is up to date against the 32 bits one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We include MySql 5.0 client drivers, installed only on the target system if no more recent MySql driver is present . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac OS/X ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently gestinux.app can be built for Intel 32 bits with the script trunk/install/osx/build_osx_i386_32.sh.The SVN revision must be included manually. There is a gestinux.pmdoc to make manually a gestinux.pkg which can be installed and works on 32 or 64 bits Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since I have only an old Macintosh with OS/X 10.6, I can&#039;t use up-to-date tools to build installers and add certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can help in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Supported DBMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MySql 5.7, MariaDb 10.3, and PostgreSQL 9 are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MySql because administration is quite simple.&lt;br /&gt;
* PostgreSql because it is completely free software.&lt;br /&gt;
* MariaDb for both reasons. It is the recommended DBMS to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the future, we may try other DBMS, but that would require a bigger development team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main sources, avoid SQL statements specific to some DBMS.&lt;br /&gt;
When there is no alternative, compatibility procedures should be made. They are all centralized in one unit (util/gconnection.pas).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Table and fields definitions and properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Gestinux_util]] there is a [[TGTable]] component used to store all the metadata of tables used in Gestinux. With this component, there is no need to store table definitions elsewhere, and no SQL script is required to initialize or upgrade the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The database and table structures are created by the main executable, as specified in unitdatamodule.pas, in [[TGTable]] properties. See the component [[TGTable]] for more details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4273</id>
		<title>Developing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Developing&amp;diff=4273"/>
		<updated>2026-06-03T07:13:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Packages which are required */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Developing Gestinux =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an open source software and anyone can help to its development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some guidelines for project maintenance follow, which can be discussed in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tests ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux must work in various combinations of environments, databases, and languages. It would be useful to have referent testers in each of these different possible combinations, particularly during release-candidates publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test safely, especially non stable versions, it is better to [[copyfortest|make a copy]] of a production database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily [[Translating|translate]] gestinux into your mother language, and existing translations can definitely be improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation, this Wiki, is made with MediaWiki and you can improve it. Read [[Help:Contents|this page]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any question or remark, it is necessary to use only the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] and not the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Programmation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lazarus versions and sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux 1.5 was eventually developed using Lazarus 2.0.10 and FreePascal 3.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtaining Gestinux sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux source code is managed using SVN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is easier if you install some GUI SVN Client program : [http://rapidsvn.tigris.org/ RapidSvn] for Linux and [http://tortoisesvn.net/ TortoiseSVN] for Windows are working fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must also have a SourceForge account and will need to enter your SourceForge password, or set up a SSL secured connection to SourceForge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The svn command line is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  svn checkout --username=your_sourceforge_account svn+ssh://your_sourceforge_account@svn.code.sf.net/p/gestinux/code &amp;lt;your_local_source_directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read [https://sourceforge.net/p/forge/documentation/SSH%20Keys/ this documentation] to avoid entering your password every time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You should improve or create new sources and/or new functionalities in the &#039;&#039;&#039;trunk&#039;&#039;&#039; branch only, after having obtained a developer profile in the sourceforge project (ask in the development forum).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last stable branch, only fix important and well identified bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not change anything in older branches which are available for history only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should lock the files before changing anything. For this and to commit, ask in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=7 forum] to be granted a &amp;quot;developer&amp;quot; privilege for Gestinux SourceForge project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages which are required ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.5&#039;&#039;&#039; compiles with the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 7.2.6.1&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-7.2.6-stable/zeosdbo-7.2.6.1-stable.zip/download Download sources] and unzip in any folder.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.15&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.15_20170215.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to any directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 0.9.9 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.5 or 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.5 or trunk branch.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039; needs the following packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use more recent versions of the packages, but at your own risk ! Let us know if using a newer version of any of these packages works successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  Zeos DBO 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/zeoslib/files/Zeos%20Database%20Objects/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable/zeosdbo-8.0.0-stable.zip/download  Download sources] and unzip.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Open packages/lazarus/zcomponent.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install  (click Use, Install)&lt;br /&gt;
** Alternatively the package manager can be used to install ZeosLib 8.0 (but only this package)&lt;br /&gt;
** It is not required to rebuild the EDI before all packages are installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Power PDF 0.9.17&lt;br /&gt;
** [https://sourceforge.net/projects/lazarus-ccr/files/PowerPDF/powerpdf_0.9.17_20240624_new.tar.gz/download Download] the package and unzip to a directory.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open pack_powerpdf.lpk&lt;br /&gt;
** Install.&lt;br /&gt;
* LazReport 1.0 and LazReportPDFExport 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
** Click Menu &#039;&#039;Packages&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Install/Uninstall packages&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select these packages (lazreport and lazreportpdfexport) in the right pane, and move them to the left one.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gestinux_util|Gestinux_util 1.6]] : package containing the components Gestinux uses, located in the util subdirectory of 1.6 version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Open gestinux_util.lpk &lt;br /&gt;
** Install&lt;br /&gt;
** Click the button &#039;&#039;Save and rebuild EDI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gestinux development Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the right Lazarus version (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
* Only use English for identifiers and comments.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the Code Formatter (CTRL+D) to indent modified sources, with default options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[gestinux_util]] documentation, and do not use a Txxxx component when there is a TGxxxx component in this package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What to do ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone can help !&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a beginner, there are some simple things you can do, and this would save time.&lt;br /&gt;
From gurus, we do need better components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting anything, you are advised to discuss your proposal a bit in the [http://forum.gestinux.net/viewforum.php?f=10 development  forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging and OS specific informations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build a Debian package using scripts located in trunk/install/debian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source are exported from the repository and recompiled before building the package, to ensure everything is in the repository. The SVN revision will be included automatically in the binary to be visible in the &amp;quot;About&amp;quot; form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build and install a package run (e.g with trunk and Lazarus 64 bits). Replace &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your sourceforge account&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; by your specific values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;svn local repository&amp;gt;/gestinux/1.4/install/debian/build_pkg.sh SYSTEM=&amp;quot;Debian&amp;quot; TARGET=&amp;quot;x86_64&amp;quot; SVNUSER=&amp;quot;&amp;lt;your sourceforge user&amp;gt;&amp;quot; BRANCH=&amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should build a lintian valid Debian package, reading some translations for man and desktop in available translation files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can make the same for other Linux distributions !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can build an installer for Windows 32 bits with InnoSetup 5 and the command file trunk/install/windows/build_i386_win32.bat.  Windows PowerShell is used to extract and include the SVN revision in the binary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be installed and works on Windows 64 bits. It is also possible to use build_x86_win64.bat, with Lazarus 64 bits, to make a 64 bits installer. Since this is not very useful and not used currently, check if the script is up to date against the 32 bits one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We include MySql 5.0 client drivers, installed only on the target system if no more recent MySql driver is present . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac OS/X ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently gestinux.app can be built for Intel 32 bits with the script trunk/install/osx/build_osx_i386_32.sh.The SVN revision must be included manually. There is a gestinux.pmdoc to make manually a gestinux.pkg which can be installed and works on 32 or 64 bits Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since I have only an old Macintosh with OS/X 10.6, I can&#039;t use up-to-date tools to build installers and add certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are welcome if you can help in this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Database ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Supported DBMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MySql 5.7, MariaDb 10.3, and PostgreSQL 9 are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MySql because administration is quite simple.&lt;br /&gt;
* PostgreSql because it is completely free software.&lt;br /&gt;
* MariaDb for both reasons. It is the recommended DBMS to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the future, we may try other DBMS, but that would require a bigger development team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main sources, avoid SQL statements specific to some DBMS.&lt;br /&gt;
When there is no alternative, compatibility procedures should be made. They are all centralized in one unit (util/gconnection.pas).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Table and fields definitions and properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[Gestinux_util]] there is a [[TGTable]] component used to store all the metadata of tables used in Gestinux. With this component, there is no need to store table definitions elsewhere, and no SQL script is required to initialize or upgrade the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The database and table structures are created by the main executable, as specified in unitdatamodule.pas, in [[TGTable]] properties. See the component [[TGTable]] for more details.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr&amp;diff=4272</id>
		<title>Installing/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Installing/fr&amp;diff=4272"/>
		<updated>2026-06-02T10:14:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: /* Installation de Gestinux 1.5 (stable) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Installation de Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Systèmes d&#039;exploitation supportés ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux fonctionne sous &#039;&#039;&#039;Linux&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Windows&#039;&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;&#039;OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il s&#039;installe facilement avec toutes les versions actuellement supportées d&#039;Ubuntu et autres Debian, et il existe des versions 32 bits et 64 bits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est disponible sous Windows 2000 à Windows 10, en 32 bits uniquement (le 64 bits pourrait être construit, mais sans intérêt pratique pour l&#039;instant).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sur OS/X c&#039;est une version expérimentale disponible pour certains processeurs seulement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bases de données supportées ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux fonctionne parfaitement avec MariaDb 10, qui est le SGBD à privilégier, si possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux fonctionne aussi très bien avec MySql 5, mais actuellement pas avec MySql 8 à cause d&#039;une rupture de compatibilité de ce dernier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il fonctionne aussi avec PostgreSQL 8 ou 9. Cependant, il y a eu moins de tests avec ce SGBD depuis Gestinux 1.5, faute de temps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vos retours sont les bienvenus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Emplacement des programmes et des données ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux est une application qui utilise une base de données en mode  client-serveur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il faut donc toujours [[#Installation_du_logiciel_client|installer le &#039;&#039;programme client&#039;&#039;]] sur tous les ordinateurs où on veut l&#039;utiliser. Il est léger et très simple à installer en quelques clics. Ensuite, il faut indiquer où se trouve la base de données.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette base de données peut être :&lt;br /&gt;
* sur un serveur hébergé à  distance et accessible par l&#039;internet.&lt;br /&gt;
* sur le même ordinateur que le programme client.&lt;br /&gt;
* sur un autre ordinateur ou un serveur dédié du même réseau local&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous ne voyez pas d&#039;inconvénient à ne pas avoir vos données de gestion dans vos locaux, et que vous avez une bonne connexion à l&#039;internet, vous pouvez envisager cette solution, en sous-traitant cet hébergement. Dans ce cas, pas besoin de serveur et accès possible depuis n&#039;importe où. L&#039;hébergeur doit avoir quelques connaissances techniques, notamment pour assurer la sécurité de vos données. Les performances seront meilleures qu&#039;une application web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon, pour une petite société, la deuxième solution est simple. Il est facile d&#039;[[Install server/fr|installer un serveur]] de bases de données sur son poste de travail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour une utilisation plus avancée, ou une plus grosse société, la solution du serveur dédié sera la plus performante, et reste facile à mettre en œuvre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dans tous les cas, vous n&#039;avez pas besoin de créer la base de données vous-même avec un autre outil.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&#039;est gestinux qui le fera, comme indiqué plus loin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation du programme client ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les versions sont [[Release naming/fr|numérotées selon une règle précise]] qui indique la fiabilité que vous pouvez en espérer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation de Gestinux 1.5 (stable) ou 1.6 (Release candidate) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sur Linux Debian (Ubuntu,Mint) ==== &lt;br /&gt;
* Téléchargez le paquet en fonction de votre processeur [https://sourceforge.net/projects/gestinux/files/Stable%20release/install_gestinux_1.5-stable-1_Debian_i386_32bits.deb/download i386 32 bits] ou [https://sourceforge.net/projects/gestinux/files/Stable%20release/install_gestinux_1.5-stable-1_Debian_x86_64bits.deb/download 64 bits]&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouvrez le fichier pour l&#039;installer. Vous pourrez avoir besoin au préalable d&#039;installer le paquet gdebi (ou gdebi-kde sous Kubuntu), pour pouvoir installer le fichier .deb. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vous devez aussi installer un pilote de base de données, si cela n&#039;a pas déjà été fait. &lt;br /&gt;
Pour MariaDb le paquet générique est mariadb-client : sélectionnez-le avec l&#039;installateur de paquets ou utilisez la commande suivante dans un terminal :&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt install mariadb-client &lt;br /&gt;
Pour MySql le paquet générique est mysql-client : sélectionnez-le avec l&#039;installateur de paquets ou utilisez la commande suivante dans un terminal :&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt install mysql-client &lt;br /&gt;
Pour PostgreSQL, c&#039;est :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt install postgresql-client&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo ln -s /usr/lib/libpq.so.5.4  /usr/lib/libpq.so  # à adapter à la version installée de PostgreSQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exécutez ensuite depuis le menu &#039;&#039;&#039;Bureautique&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux&#039;&#039;&#039;. Si l&#039;entrée de menu n&#039;a pas été créée, exécutez &#039;&#039;&#039;/usr/bin/gestinux&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pour information, l&#039;intégration de Gestinux aux bibliothèques Ubuntu [https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+bug/1364605 a été demandée]. Vous pouvez voter en faveur en indiquant que [https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+bug/1364605/+affectsmetoo &amp;quot;ce bug vous concerne&amp;quot;].&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sur Windows ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Téléchargez [https://sourceforge.net/projects/gestinux/files/Stable%20release/install_gestinux_1.5-stable-1_Windows_i386_32bits.exe/download l&#039;installateur] &lt;br /&gt;
* Exécutez, choisissez la langue française pour l&#039;installation, et suivez les instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lancez le programme à partir du raccourci sur le bureau, ou du menu &#039;&#039;&#039;Démarrer&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;gestinux&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Gestinux fonctionnera ainsi avec MySql ou MariaDb. Une DLL de connexion à MySql aura été installée automatiquement, si besoin, dans le dossier Système. Pour être client d&#039;une base de données Postgresql, vous devez installer vous-même la DLL adhoc. (voir [[Install_Postgresql_client_driver/fr|cette page]] pour plus d&#039;informations.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== sur Mac OS/X ====&lt;br /&gt;
* La version 1.5 n&#039;est pas encore prête, seulement la 1.4&lt;br /&gt;
* Téléchargez et installez le [https://sourceforge.net/projects/gestinux/files/Stable%20release/install_gestinux_1.4-stable-3_OSX_i386_32bits.pkg/download paquet]. Il n&#039;y a pas pour l&#039;instant de paquet 64 bits, mais le premier fonctionne sur des machines 64 bits, nous a-t-on dit.&lt;br /&gt;
* Téléchargez et installez un pilote client [https://dev.mysql.com/downloads/connector/c/ MySql ou MariaDb] ou PostGreSQL pour votre version d&#039;OS/X &#039;&#039;&#039;et en 32 bits&#039;&#039;&#039; (les fichiers dmg sont plus simples). &lt;br /&gt;
* Avec le Terminal, créez un lien symbolique :  (exemple donné pour MySql et Mac OSX Snow Leopard, pour les autres cas, changez le nom du 1er fichier en mettant celui qui a été installé à l&#039;étape précédente)&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo ln -s  /usr/local/mysql-connector-c-6.1.5-osx10.6-x86/lib/libmysqlclient.18.dylib /usr/local/lib/libmysqlclient.dylib&lt;br /&gt;
* Cherchez et exécutez &#039;&#039;&#039;gestinux.app&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Versions en développement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vous pouvez aussi, [[Developing/fr|si vous êtes développeur]], télécharger et compiler les sources de la future version &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, qui se trouve dans la branche svn &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;trunk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux pourrait être rendu disponible sur d&#039;autres systèmes d&#039;exploitation ou d&#039;autres processeurs avec lequels Lazarus est compatible. Vous êtes les bienvenus pour produire et tester des exécutables sur ceux-ci, et réaliser éventuellement des paquets d&#039;installation  :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* systèmes d&#039;exploitation : Autres Linux, Unix BSD, OS/2, ReactOS ...&lt;br /&gt;
* processeurs : x64, IA-64, PowerPC 32/64, SPARC, ARM, 68000, Alpha, MIPS...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Après l&#039;installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L&#039;installation ne crée pas de base de données et ne fait courir aucun risque à vos données.&lt;br /&gt;
Après l&#039;installation, lancez Gestinux et effectuez le [[initial setup/fr|paramétrage initial]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/es&amp;diff=4271</id>
		<title>Translating/es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/es&amp;diff=4271"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:31:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4260 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Cómo traducir Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta página explica cómo traducir Gestinux sin muchos conocimiemtos de Pascal u otro lenguaje de programación o del Entorno de Programación Lazarus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le pedimos que traduzca solo a su idioma nativo. Lo ideal es que entienda francés porque Gestinux se escribió originalmente en francés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ¿Dónde empieza a traducir y qué pautas debe seguir para hacerlo? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted debería empezar [[Translating/es#Traduciendo_el_software|por traducir el software]], antes de empezar a traducir cualquier documentación.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El software traducido se usará para [[Translating/es#Proporcionar_datos_de_traducción|crear un conjunto de datos de prueba]] y realizar nuevas capturas de pantalla mostrando el nuevo idioma traducido.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luego puede gradualmente [[Translating/es#Traduciendo_la_documentación|traducir la documentación]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduciendo el software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los siguientes párrafos indican los distintos pasos necesarios para completar su tarea de traducción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted puede consultar el [[Internationalisation_programmation/es|mecanismo interno de traducción]] para más información.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== El código de su idioma ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una nueva traducción, debe averiguar qué código se aplica al idioma que está traduciendo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los idiomas se identifican de acuerdo con los códigos estándar [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX], los cuales tienen el formato doble xx_YY.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La parte minúscula del código identifica el idioma principal, de acuerdo con el estándar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La parte mayúsculas identifica cualquier posible variante de idioma (generalmente con un código de país), de acuerdo con el estándar [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debe usar los códigos ISO referenciados. Si inventa un nuevo código, es posible que se formalicen de manera diferente posteriormente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ejemplos de códigos de idioma:&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: Francés (de Francia)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Francés (de Quebec)&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: Inglés (de Estados Unidos de America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Sueco (de Suecia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si tiene alguna duda, pida confirmación en el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 foro].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Los ficheros fuente a traducir ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux incorpora las traducciones en dos &amp;quot;ficheros de texto&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini y xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por lo general, estos ficheros son instalados en carpetas llamadas &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; en el mismo nivel que el ejecutable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sin embargo, para cumplir con las reglas de Debian Linux (incluido Ubuntu), los archivos para estas distribuciones están en /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estos archivos se instalan allí como de solo lectura. No intente modificarlos ni cambiarlos como lectura-escritura en esta ubicación. Si desea mejorar una traducción existente (quizás parcialmente), debe copiar ese archivo en sus documentos personales o, si puede usar svn, obtenga todas las fuentes (&#039;&#039; svn checkout &#039;&#039;) y abra los archivos desde la copia local.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para un nuevo idioma, cree un nuevo archivo dentro de sus documentos personales. Las primeras líneas deben ser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;nombre del idioma&#039;&#039;&#039;  (en este idioma)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR es para idiomas escritos de izquierda a derecha, RTL para aquellos escritos de derecha a izquierda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ejemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si está utilizando &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, guarde los archivos de traducción en las carpetas &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; y agréguelos (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Bloquéelos siempre (&amp;quot;svn lock&amp;quot;) para prevenir  que alguien más edite el mismo archivo simultáneamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La codificación de este archivo debe ser UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De lo contrario, explique lo que está haciendo en el foro y adjunte el archivo de la traducción a su mensaje. Otros programadores usarán svn por usted. En cualquier caso, use el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 foro] para comunicarse con los otros programadores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuración Inicial ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desde el menú de Gestinux seleccione &#039;&#039;&#039;Configuración&#039;&#039;&#039;, pestaña &#039;&#039;&#039;Idiomas&#039;&#039;&#039;, y &#039;&#039;&#039;Escribir una traducción:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* El idioma de referencia debe ser necesariamente uno de los idiomas instalados con gestinux. Será el original. Si es &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
posible, elija francés, ya que las páginas en inglés actualmente no están completas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Seleccione su archivo de traducción (creado como se describió en la sección anterior) haciendo clic en el botón de selección.&lt;br /&gt;
* Marque la casilla &amp;quot;Usar traducción&amp;quot; para que se use la traducción seleccionada. De lo contrario, se utilizará el idioma de referencia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay 2 archivos de idioma, uno para la aplicación principal y otro para las utilidades comunes a varias aplicaciones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Crear o mejorar una traducción ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puede traducir globalmente haciendo clic en uno de los botones &#039;&#039;&#039;Traducir&#039;&#039;&#039;. En este caso, tendrá una lista (a la izquierda) de las distintas ventanas de la aplicación, así como algunas secciones no relacionadas con una ventana. Se requiere traducción global para las secciones que no corresponden a una ventana, y para verificar que no haya pasado por alto ninguna sección. Puede usar el botón &#039;&#039;&#039;Siguiente faltante&#039;&#039;&#039; para encontrar la primera traducción faltante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
También es posible presionar CTRL + F4 desde cualquier ventana de Gestinux para ver y traducir la sección correspondiente a esa ventana. En este caso, verá solo la ventana de la izquierda. Este método tiene la ventaja de que, una vez realizada la traducción, puede utilizar la tecla F4 para alternar entre la visualización del idioma base y la traducción de su idioma (y viceversa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De todos modos, para la sección seleccionada, se muestra una lista de claves de traducción. La referencia de la traducción  (que no se puede cambiar) se muestra a continuación, y puede añadir o editar la traducción en su idioma. El almacena automáticamente cuando cambia de clave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El símbolo &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; salta una línea y debe usarse en mensajes largos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instalando nuevas traducciones ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si es posible, pida a otro hablante nativo que lea y revise su trabajo. Una vez que la traducción esté completa, envíe el archivo con svn o solicite a través del [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 foro] que otro programador haga esto por usted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si contribuye con un idioma de uso común, su traducción se añadirá a la próxima versión de Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si contribuye con una traducción a un idioma poco común, o no quiere esperar a la próxima versión de Gestinux, es posible crear un paquete que incluya un idioma adicional para varios sistemas de destino (Windows, Debian, ...). Puede averiguar cómo hacerlo usted mismo o preguntarle a un programador.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuando lo ejecuta por primera vez en una estación de trabajo, Gestinux intenta activar automáticamente la traducción correcta, según el idioma del ordenador. Desgraciadamente, Windows no conoce los códigos de idioma POSIX y hay casos en los que esto no es automático. Se requiere una ligera modificación de software que se puede obtener de los programadores. Este problema no existe en los sistemas Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proporcionar datos de traducción ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se debe crear una lista de países para cada idioma disponible en Gestinux. Esto está contenido en el archivo xx_YY_countries.txt que Gestinux carga automáticamente cuando se crea (o audita) su base de datos, siempre que haya seleccionado previamente el idioma apropiado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
También es útil si puede crear casos de prueba en el idioma traducido para el país (o países) que usan ese idioma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si su país tiene informes específicos, estos también se pueden integrar en el programa. Si no sabe cómo hacer un [[Customized_Reports/es|Informe personalizado]], pregunte a un programador en el foro, enviando ejemplos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduciendo la documentación ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Después de haber traducido el programa (o posiblemente antes), también será útil si puede traducir la documentación (que está en forma de wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actualmente hay alrededor de 100 páginas para traducir, pero algunas son más importantes que otras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consulte [[Help:Contents/es|cómo crear o editar páginas]] de este wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existe una forma de enumerar las páginas restantes sin traducir (o aquellas cuyo original se ha modificado después de la traducción). Por ahora, este método no está disponible en línea, así que si valora esta función, pregunte en el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 foro].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4270</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4270"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:31:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/fr&amp;diff=4269</id>
		<title>Translating/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/fr&amp;diff=4269"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:30:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4259 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Comment traduire Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette page explique comment traduire gestinux, sans connaissances particulières en programmation Lazarus ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nous vous demandons de ne traduire que vers votre langue maternelle. Idéalement, il faut comprendre le français car c&#039;est la langue originale de gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Que faut-il traduire et dans quel ordre ?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il faut commencer par [[Translating/fr#traduire le logiciel|traduire le logiciel]] lui-même, avant la documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cela permettra de l&#039;utiliser pour [[Translating/fr#Fournir les traductions des données|créer un jeu d&#039;essai de données]], et de faire des copies d&#039;écran dans la langue traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensuite, on peut [[Translating/fr#Traduire la documentation|traduire la documentation]], et cela peut être progressif.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduire le logiciel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous êtes développeur et comprenez l&#039;anglais, vous pouvez consulter les [[internationalisation programmation|mécanismes internes de traduction]] pour en savoir plus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Les codes de langues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avant d&#039;entamer une nouvelle traduction, vous devez déterminer le code de la langue à traduire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les langues sont identifiées dans gestinux selon la norme [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] par un double code, de la forme xx_YY.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La première partie xx en minuscules identifie la langue principale, selon la norme [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_codes_ISO_639-1 ISO 639-1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La seconde partie YY en majuscules identifie une variante possible, généralement avec le code d&#039;un pays, selon la norme [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO-3166].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est préférable de n&#039;utiliser que les codes ISO référencés. Si vous en inventez, le risque est qu&#039;ils soient officialisés plus tard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemples de codes :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fr_FR  : français &amp;quot;de France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* fr_CA  : québécois&lt;br /&gt;
* en_US  : anglais des états-unis d&#039;amérique&lt;br /&gt;
* sv_SE  : suédois &amp;quot;de Suède&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans le doute, demandez confirmation sur le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Les fichiers source à traduire ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux prend ses traductions dans deux fichiers de type &amp;quot;texte&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini et xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En général, ces fichiers sont installés dans les dossiers &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;util\languages&#039;&#039; à partir du même niveau que l&#039;exécutable gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
Toutefois pour se conformer aux règles Linux Debian, notamment pour Ubuntu, les fichiers sont installés, pour ces distributions, dans le dossier /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ces fichiers sont installés en écriture seule. N&#039;essayez pas de les modifier ou de les déprotéger à cet emplacement. Si vous souhaitez améliorer une traduction existante, copiez un de ces fichiers dans vos documents personnels ou bien, si vous savez utiliser &#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039; et avez un profil développeur, récupérez les sources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour un langage nouveau, créez un nouveau fichier dans vos documents personnels, et écrivez sur les premières lignes :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039; (dans sa langue)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR est pour les languages qui s&#039;écrivent de gauche à droite, RTL pour ceux qui s&#039;écrivent de droite à gauche, ces derniers étant acceptés à partir de la version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemple :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous utilisez &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;  il faut mettre les nouveaux fichiers de traduction dans les sous-dossiers &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; et les ajouter (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039;, puis &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;), et toujours les verrouiller (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) pour éviter à un autre d&#039;entamer le même travail simultanément.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le fichier doit être encodé en UTF-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon faîtes vous connaître sur le forum et joignez le fichier de traduction à votre message, d&#039;autres développeurs le mettront pour vous dans svn. Dans les 2 cas, utilisez [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 le forum] pour communiquer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Paramétrage initial ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lancez gestinux et choisissez dans le menu &#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Langages&#039;&#039;&#039;, puis l&#039;onglet &#039;&#039;&#039;Écrire une traduction&#039;&#039;&#039; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1-fr.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le langage de référence est obligatoirement un des langages installés avec gestinux. Il sera votre source.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cherchez votre fichier de traduction, créé comme indiqué dans le paragraphe précédent, en cliquant sur le bouton de choix.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cochez la case &amp;quot;Afficher la traduction&amp;quot; pour que les traductions de ce fichier soient utilisées. Sinon ce seront celles du langage de référence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saisir les traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vous pouvez traduire globalement en cliquant sur un des boutons &#039;&#039;&#039;Traduire&#039;&#039;&#039;. Dans ce cas, vous aurez dans la partie gauche la liste des différentes fenêtres de l&#039;application, ainsi que quelques sections non liées à une fenêtre. Utiliser la traduction globale est nécessaire pour les sections qui ne correspondent pas à une fenêtre, et surtout pour ne pas en oublier. Le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; permet de trouver la première traduction manquante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est aussi possible, depuis une fenêtre quelconque de l&#039;application, d&#039;appuyer sur CTRL + F4 pour afficher et traduire la section correspondant à cette fenêtre. Dans ce cas, il n&#039;y aura que cette seule fenêtre dans la partie gauche. L&#039;avantage de cette dernière méthode est qu&#039;une fois la traduction saisie vous pouvez la vérifier en appuyant sur F4, ce qui vous bascule de la langue de référence vers la langue de traduction, ou l&#039;inverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoiqu&#039;il en soit, pour la section sélectionnée, la liste des clés de traduction est affichée. La traduction de référence, non modifiable est affichée en dessous, et vous avez la possibilité de saisir ou modifier la traduction dans votre langage. L&#039;enregistrement est automatique quand vous changez de clef.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le symbole &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; permet de sauter une ligne, et ne doit être utilisé que pour les messages longs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installer les traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois la traduction terminée, si possible relue par d&#039;autres personnes dont c&#039;est aussi la langue maternelle, publiez le fichier dans SVN si vous savez le faire, ou demandez via le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=6 forum] à un développeur de le faire pour vous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si c&#039;est une langue répandue, votre traduction sera ajoutée à la prochaine version de gestinux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si c&#039;est une langue rare, ou pour ne pas attendre la prochaine version, il est possible de faire un installateur de cette langue pour les différents systèmes cibles (Windows, Debian, ...). Pour Windows, vous pouvez vous inspirer de trunk/tools/windows/gestinux_language_fr_FR.iss et le faire vous-même, ou bien demander à un développeur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quand on le lance pour la première fois sur un poste, Gestinux essaie d&#039;activer la bonne traduction automatiquement, en fonction de la langue de l&#039;ordinateur. Malheureusement, Windows ne connaît pas les codes de langue POSIX, et il y a des cas ou cela n&#039;est pas automatique. Une petite modification du logiciel sera nécessaire, à signaler aux développeurs. Ce problème n&#039;existe pas sous Linux qui respecte mieux les normes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fournir les traductions des données ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des pays doit être créée pour chaque langue disponible dans Gestinux. C&#039;est un fichier xx_YY_countries.txt qui sera chargé automatiquement à la création ou lors d&#039;une vérification de la base de données si on a sélectionné le langage correspondant avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est aussi utile de créer des jeux d&#039;essais dans la langue traduite, pour un ou plusieurs pays qui l&#039;utilisent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez des états fiscaux spécifiques à un pays, ils peuvent aussi être intégrés au logiciel. Si vous ne savez pas réaliser une [[Customized_Reports/fr|présentation d&#039;édition]], demandez à un développeur sur le forum, en lui envoyant les modèles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduire la documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Après avoir traduit le programme, il est utile de traduire la documentation (le wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ce jour, il y a environ 100 pages à traduire, mais certaines sont plus importantes que d&#039;autres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si la langue a été enregistré sur le wiki (par l&#039;administrateur) il y aura automatiquement des liens vers chaque traduction existante d&#039;une page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voyez [[Help:Contents/fr|comment créer ou modifier des pages]] de ce wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il existe un moyen de lister les pages restant à traduire, ou dont l&#039;original a été modifié après traduction. Pour l&#039;instant, ils ne sont pas accessibles en ligne, demandez sur le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum forum].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/de&amp;diff=4268</id>
		<title>Main Page/de</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/de&amp;diff=4268"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:29:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4264 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Dokumentation zu Gestinux}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux ist eine stabile Buchhaltungs- und Betriebswirtschafts-Anwendung, welche zurzeit auch zu einer ERP-Software weiterentwickelt wird. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie läuft unter &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; und &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie wurde ursprünglich auf Französisch ausgelegt, steht aber auch in Englisch Spanisch und Italienische zur Verfügung. Sie kann problemlos in andere Sprachen [[Translating|übersetzt]] werden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Dokumentation finden Sie einige Informationen zur:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/de|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/de|Benutzung]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Translating/de|Übersetzung]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/de|Entwicklung]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie Gestinux ausführen und wenn Sie mit dem Internet verbunden sind, können Sie diese Dokumentation über die Taste F1 aufrufen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie in dieser Dokumentation nicht finden wonach Sie suchen, konsultieren Sie das [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=7 &#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] und - falls Sie immer noch nicht fündig werden - erstellen Sie ein neues Thema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux ist Freeware, d.h. nicht nur kostenlos sondern dessen Quellen sind öffentlich und können von jedem ausgewiesenen Nutzer verbessert werden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeder kann also zur Verbesserung dieser Software beitragen, indem er [[developing|Zeit]] dafür aufwendet.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/es&amp;diff=4267</id>
		<title>Main Page/es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/es&amp;diff=4267"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:29:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4263 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentación de Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux es un programa de &#039;&#039;&#039;contabilidad&#039;&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;&#039;facturación&#039;&#039;&#039;, estable y también en desarrollo para llegar a ser un ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se ejecuta en &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay traducciones del francés al inglés, español e italiano, y es fácil [[translating/es|mejorarla]] y [[translating/es|traducirla]] a otros lenguajes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En esta documentación online, usted encontrará información acerca de :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/es|Instalación]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/es|Uso]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[translating/es|Traducción]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/es|Desarrollo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si no encuentra lo que está buscando, por favor acceda al [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=11 &#039;&#039;&#039;foro&#039;&#039;&#039;] y escriba un &#039;&#039;&#039;nuevo tema&#039;&#039;&#039; si no encuentra la información que necesita.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para contactar con los programadores, o para cualquier otro asunto sobre Gestinux, el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=11 &#039;&#039;&#039;foro&#039;&#039;&#039;] es también el sitio indicado para hacerlo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux es software &#039;&#039;&#039;libre&#039;&#039;&#039;, lo que significa no sólo que es gratuito, sino que cualquier persona cualificada puede [[Developing/es|participar en su desarrollo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todo el mundo puede ayudar a mejorar Gestinux, ya sea dando [[Developing/es|tiempo]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/fr&amp;diff=4266</id>
		<title>Main Page/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/fr&amp;diff=4266"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:28:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4261 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentation de Gestinux}}  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux&#039;&#039;&#039; est une application de &#039;&#039;&#039;comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; et de &#039;&#039;&#039;gestion commerciale&#039;&#039;&#039;, stable et aussi en cours de développement pour devenir un ERP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il fonctionne sous &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est originalement en français, traduit en anglais, espagnol et italien, et peut facilement [[Translating/fr|être traduit]] en d&#039;autres langues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans cette documentation vous trouverez quelques informations pour :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/fr|installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/fr|utiliser]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Translating/fr|traduire]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/fr|développer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quand vous exécutez Gestinux et si vous êtes connectés à l&#039;internet, vous afficherez cette documentation en appuyant sur la touche F1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous ne trouvez pas ce que vous cherchez dans cette documentation, veuillez chercher dans le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 &#039;&#039;&#039;forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] et, si vous ne trouvez toujours pas, créer un &#039;&#039;&#039;nouveau sujet&#039;&#039;&#039; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux est un &#039;&#039;&#039;logiciel libre&#039;&#039;&#039;, c&#039;est à dire non seulement gratuit, mais dont les sources sont publiques et peuvent être utilisées pour l&#039;améliorer par toute personne compétente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chacun peut contribuer à sa manière à son amélioration, en donnant [[developing/fr|du temps]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=4265</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=4265"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T13:27:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4262 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Gestinux documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an &#039;&#039;&#039;accounting&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;invoicing&#039;&#039;&#039; application, stable and also in development to become an ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It runs on &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an english translation from french, and spanish and italian translations, and it is easy to [[translating|improve them]] and to [[translating|translate it]] into other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this on-line documentation you will find informations about : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see what you are looking for, please search in the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=7 &#039;&#039;&#039;forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] and post a &#039;&#039;&#039;new topic&#039;&#039;&#039; if you are unable to find the information you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is a &#039;&#039;&#039;free&#039;&#039;&#039; software, which means not only free of charge, but also that any one skilled can [[Developing|participate to it&#039;s development]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every one can help Gestinux to be improved, either by giving [[Developing|time]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/de&amp;diff=4264</id>
		<title>Main Page/de</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/de&amp;diff=4264"/>
		<updated>2026-05-31T09:07:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Dokumentation zu Gestinux}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux ist eine stabile Buchhaltungs- und Betriebswirtschafts-Anwendung, welche zurzeit auch zu einer ERP-Software weiterentwickelt wird. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie läuft unter &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; und &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie wurde ursprünglich auf Französisch ausgelegt, steht aber auch in Englisch Spanisch und Italienische zur Verfügung. Sie kann problemlos in andere Sprachen [[Translating|übersetzt]] werden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Dokumentation finden Sie einige Informationen zur:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/de|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/de|Benutzung]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Translating/de|Übersetzung]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/de|Entwicklung]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie Gestinux ausführen und wenn Sie mit dem Internet verbunden sind, können Sie diese Dokumentation über die Taste F1 aufrufen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie in dieser Dokumentation nicht finden wonach Sie suchen, konsultieren Sie das [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=7 &#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] und - falls Sie immer noch nicht fündig werden - erstellen Sie ein neues Thema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux ist Freeware, d.h. nicht nur kostenlos sondern dessen Quellen sind öffentlich und können von jedem ausgewiesenen Nutzer verbessert werden. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeder kann also zur Verbesserung dieser Software beitragen, indem er [[developing|Zeit]] dafür aufwendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/es&amp;diff=4263</id>
		<title>Main Page/es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/es&amp;diff=4263"/>
		<updated>2026-05-31T09:06:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentación de Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux es un programa de &#039;&#039;&#039;contabilidad&#039;&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;&#039;facturación&#039;&#039;&#039;, estable y también en desarrollo para llegar a ser un ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se ejecuta en &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay traducciones del francés al inglés, español e italiano, y es fácil [[translating/es|mejorarla]] y [[translating/es|traducirla]] a otros lenguajes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En esta documentación online, usted encontrará información acerca de :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/es|Instalación]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/es|Uso]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[translating/es|Traducción]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/es|Desarrollo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si no encuentra lo que está buscando, por favor acceda al [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=11 &#039;&#039;&#039;foro&#039;&#039;&#039;] y escriba un &#039;&#039;&#039;nuevo tema&#039;&#039;&#039; si no encuentra la información que necesita.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para contactar con los programadores, o para cualquier otro asunto sobre Gestinux, el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=11 &#039;&#039;&#039;foro&#039;&#039;&#039;] es también el sitio indicado para hacerlo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux es software &#039;&#039;&#039;libre&#039;&#039;&#039;, lo que significa no sólo que es gratuito, sino que cualquier persona cualificada puede [[Developing/es|participar en su desarrollo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todo el mundo puede ayudar a mejorar Gestinux, ya sea dando [[Developing/es|tiempo]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=4262</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=4262"/>
		<updated>2026-05-31T09:06:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Gestinux documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is an &#039;&#039;&#039;accounting&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;invoicing&#039;&#039;&#039; application, stable and also in development to become an ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It runs on &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is an english translation from french, and spanish and italian translations, and it is easy to [[translating|improve them]] and to [[translating|translate it]] into other languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this on-line documentation you will find informations about : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t see what you are looking for, please search in the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=7 &#039;&#039;&#039;forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] and post a &#039;&#039;&#039;new topic&#039;&#039;&#039; if you are unable to find the information you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux is a &#039;&#039;&#039;free&#039;&#039;&#039; software, which means not only free of charge, but also that any one skilled can [[Developing|participate to it&#039;s development]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every one can help Gestinux to be improved, either by giving [[Developing|time]].&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/fr&amp;diff=4261</id>
		<title>Main Page/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Main_Page/fr&amp;diff=4261"/>
		<updated>2026-05-31T09:05:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentation de Gestinux}}  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gestinux&#039;&#039;&#039; est une application de &#039;&#039;&#039;comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039; et de &#039;&#039;&#039;gestion commerciale&#039;&#039;&#039;, stable et aussi en cours de développement pour devenir un ERP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il fonctionne sous &#039;&#039;&#039;LINUX&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAC OS/X&#039;&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;&#039;WINDOWS&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est originalement en français, traduit en anglais, espagnol et italien, et peut facilement [[Translating/fr|être traduit]] en d&#039;autres langues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans cette documentation vous trouverez quelques informations pour :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[installing/fr|installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[using/fr|utiliser]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Translating/fr|traduire]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[developing/fr|développer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quand vous exécutez Gestinux et si vous êtes connectés à l&#039;internet, vous afficherez cette documentation en appuyant sur la touche F1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous ne trouvez pas ce que vous cherchez dans cette documentation, veuillez chercher dans le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 &#039;&#039;&#039;forum&#039;&#039;&#039;] et, si vous ne trouvez toujours pas, créer un &#039;&#039;&#039;nouveau sujet&#039;&#039;&#039; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux est un &#039;&#039;&#039;logiciel libre&#039;&#039;&#039;, c&#039;est à dire non seulement gratuit, mais dont les sources sont publiques et peuvent être utilisées pour l&#039;améliorer par toute personne compétente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chacun peut contribuer à sa manière à son amélioration, en donnant [[developing/fr|du temps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Main_Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/es&amp;diff=4260</id>
		<title>Translating/es</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/es&amp;diff=4260"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T16:50:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Cómo traducir Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Esta página explica cómo traducir Gestinux sin muchos conocimiemtos de Pascal u otro lenguaje de programación o del Entorno de Programación Lazarus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le pedimos que traduzca solo a su idioma nativo. Lo ideal es que entienda francés porque Gestinux se escribió originalmente en francés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ¿Dónde empieza a traducir y qué pautas debe seguir para hacerlo? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted debería empezar [[Translating/es#Traduciendo_el_software|por traducir el software]], antes de empezar a traducir cualquier documentación.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El software traducido se usará para [[Translating/es#Proporcionar_datos_de_traducción|crear un conjunto de datos de prueba]] y realizar nuevas capturas de pantalla mostrando el nuevo idioma traducido.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luego puede gradualmente [[Translating/es#Traduciendo_la_documentación|traducir la documentación]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduciendo el software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los siguientes párrafos indican los distintos pasos necesarios para completar su tarea de traducción.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usted puede consultar el [[Internationalisation_programmation/es|mecanismo interno de traducción]] para más información.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== El código de su idioma ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antes de comenzar una nueva traducción, debe averiguar qué código se aplica al idioma que está traduciendo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los idiomas se identifican de acuerdo con los códigos estándar [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX], los cuales tienen el formato doble xx_YY.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La parte minúscula del código identifica el idioma principal, de acuerdo con el estándar [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La parte mayúsculas identifica cualquier posible variante de idioma (generalmente con un código de país), de acuerdo con el estándar [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debe usar los códigos ISO referenciados. Si inventa un nuevo código, es posible que se formalicen de manera diferente posteriormente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ejemplos de códigos de idioma:&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: Francés (de Francia)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Francés (de Quebec)&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: Inglés (de Estados Unidos de America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Sueco (de Suecia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si tiene alguna duda, pida confirmación en el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 foro].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Los ficheros fuente a traducir ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux incorpora las traducciones en dos &amp;quot;ficheros de texto&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini y xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por lo general, estos ficheros son instalados en carpetas llamadas &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; en el mismo nivel que el ejecutable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sin embargo, para cumplir con las reglas de Debian Linux (incluido Ubuntu), los archivos para estas distribuciones están en /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estos archivos se instalan allí como de solo lectura. No intente modificarlos ni cambiarlos como lectura-escritura en esta ubicación. Si desea mejorar una traducción existente (quizás parcialmente), debe copiar ese archivo en sus documentos personales o, si puede usar svn, obtenga todas las fuentes (&#039;&#039; svn checkout &#039;&#039;) y abra los archivos desde la copia local.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para un nuevo idioma, cree un nuevo archivo dentro de sus documentos personales. Las primeras líneas deben ser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;nombre del idioma&#039;&#039;&#039;  (en este idioma)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR es para idiomas escritos de izquierda a derecha, RTL para aquellos escritos de derecha a izquierda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ejemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si está utilizando &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, guarde los archivos de traducción en las carpetas &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; y agréguelos (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; y &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Bloquéelos siempre (&amp;quot;svn lock&amp;quot;) para prevenir  que alguien más edite el mismo archivo simultáneamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La codificación de este archivo debe ser UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De lo contrario, explique lo que está haciendo en el foro y adjunte el archivo de la traducción a su mensaje. Otros programadores usarán svn por usted. En cualquier caso, use el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 foro] para comunicarse con los otros programadores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuración Inicial ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desde el menú de Gestinux seleccione &#039;&#039;&#039;Configuración&#039;&#039;&#039;, pestaña &#039;&#039;&#039;Idiomas&#039;&#039;&#039;, y &#039;&#039;&#039;Escribir una traducción:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* El idioma de referencia debe ser necesariamente uno de los idiomas instalados con gestinux. Será el original. Si es &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
posible, elija francés, ya que las páginas en inglés actualmente no están completas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Seleccione su archivo de traducción (creado como se describió en la sección anterior) haciendo clic en el botón de selección.&lt;br /&gt;
* Marque la casilla &amp;quot;Usar traducción&amp;quot; para que se use la traducción seleccionada. De lo contrario, se utilizará el idioma de referencia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay 2 archivos de idioma, uno para la aplicación principal y otro para las utilidades comunes a varias aplicaciones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Crear o mejorar una traducción ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puede traducir globalmente haciendo clic en uno de los botones &#039;&#039;&#039;Traducir&#039;&#039;&#039;. En este caso, tendrá una lista (a la izquierda) de las distintas ventanas de la aplicación, así como algunas secciones no relacionadas con una ventana. Se requiere traducción global para las secciones que no corresponden a una ventana, y para verificar que no haya pasado por alto ninguna sección. Puede usar el botón &#039;&#039;&#039;Siguiente faltante&#039;&#039;&#039; para encontrar la primera traducción faltante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
También es posible presionar CTRL + F4 desde cualquier ventana de Gestinux para ver y traducir la sección correspondiente a esa ventana. En este caso, verá solo la ventana de la izquierda. Este método tiene la ventaja de que, una vez realizada la traducción, puede utilizar la tecla F4 para alternar entre la visualización del idioma base y la traducción de su idioma (y viceversa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De todos modos, para la sección seleccionada, se muestra una lista de claves de traducción. La referencia de la traducción  (que no se puede cambiar) se muestra a continuación, y puede añadir o editar la traducción en su idioma. El almacena automáticamente cuando cambia de clave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El símbolo &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; salta una línea y debe usarse en mensajes largos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Instalando nuevas traducciones ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si es posible, pida a otro hablante nativo que lea y revise su trabajo. Una vez que la traducción esté completa, envíe el archivo con svn o solicite a través del [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 foro] que otro programador haga esto por usted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si contribuye con un idioma de uso común, su traducción se añadirá a la próxima versión de Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si contribuye con una traducción a un idioma poco común, o no quiere esperar a la próxima versión de Gestinux, es posible crear un paquete que incluya un idioma adicional para varios sistemas de destino (Windows, Debian, ...). Puede averiguar cómo hacerlo usted mismo o preguntarle a un programador.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuando lo ejecuta por primera vez en una estación de trabajo, Gestinux intenta activar automáticamente la traducción correcta, según el idioma del ordenador. Desgraciadamente, Windows no conoce los códigos de idioma POSIX y hay casos en los que esto no es automático. Se requiere una ligera modificación de software que se puede obtener de los programadores. Este problema no existe en los sistemas Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proporcionar datos de traducción ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se debe crear una lista de países para cada idioma disponible en Gestinux. Esto está contenido en el archivo xx_YY_countries.txt que Gestinux carga automáticamente cuando se crea (o audita) su base de datos, siempre que haya seleccionado previamente el idioma apropiado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
También es útil si puede crear casos de prueba en el idioma traducido para el país (o países) que usan ese idioma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si su país tiene informes específicos, estos también se pueden integrar en el programa. Si no sabe cómo hacer un [[Customized_Reports/es|Informe personalizado]], pregunte a un programador en el foro, enviando ejemplos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduciendo la documentación ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Después de haber traducido el programa (o posiblemente antes), también será útil si puede traducir la documentación (que está en forma de wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actualmente hay alrededor de 100 páginas para traducir, pero algunas son más importantes que otras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consulte [[Help:Contents/es|cómo crear o editar páginas]] de este wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existe una forma de enumerar las páginas restantes sin traducir (o aquellas cuyo original se ha modificado después de la traducción). Por ahora, este método no está disponible en línea, así que si valora esta función, pregunte en el [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 foro].&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/fr&amp;diff=4259</id>
		<title>Translating/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating/fr&amp;diff=4259"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T16:49:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Comment traduire Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cette page explique comment traduire gestinux, sans connaissances particulières en programmation Lazarus ou autre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nous vous demandons de ne traduire que vers votre langue maternelle. Idéalement, il faut comprendre le français car c&#039;est la langue originale de gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Que faut-il traduire et dans quel ordre ?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il faut commencer par [[Translating/fr#traduire le logiciel|traduire le logiciel]] lui-même, avant la documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cela permettra de l&#039;utiliser pour [[Translating/fr#Fournir les traductions des données|créer un jeu d&#039;essai de données]], et de faire des copies d&#039;écran dans la langue traduite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensuite, on peut [[Translating/fr#Traduire la documentation|traduire la documentation]], et cela peut être progressif.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduire le logiciel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous êtes développeur et comprenez l&#039;anglais, vous pouvez consulter les [[internationalisation programmation|mécanismes internes de traduction]] pour en savoir plus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Les codes de langues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avant d&#039;entamer une nouvelle traduction, vous devez déterminer le code de la langue à traduire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les langues sont identifiées dans gestinux selon la norme [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] par un double code, de la forme xx_YY.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La première partie xx en minuscules identifie la langue principale, selon la norme [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_codes_ISO_639-1 ISO 639-1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La seconde partie YY en majuscules identifie une variante possible, généralement avec le code d&#039;un pays, selon la norme [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO-3166].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est préférable de n&#039;utiliser que les codes ISO référencés. Si vous en inventez, le risque est qu&#039;ils soient officialisés plus tard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemples de codes :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fr_FR  : français &amp;quot;de France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* fr_CA  : québécois&lt;br /&gt;
* en_US  : anglais des états-unis d&#039;amérique&lt;br /&gt;
* sv_SE  : suédois &amp;quot;de Suède&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans le doute, demandez confirmation sur le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Les fichiers source à traduire ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux prend ses traductions dans deux fichiers de type &amp;quot;texte&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini et xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En général, ces fichiers sont installés dans les dossiers &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;util\languages&#039;&#039; à partir du même niveau que l&#039;exécutable gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
Toutefois pour se conformer aux règles Linux Debian, notamment pour Ubuntu, les fichiers sont installés, pour ces distributions, dans le dossier /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ces fichiers sont installés en écriture seule. N&#039;essayez pas de les modifier ou de les déprotéger à cet emplacement. Si vous souhaitez améliorer une traduction existante, copiez un de ces fichiers dans vos documents personnels ou bien, si vous savez utiliser &#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039; et avez un profil développeur, récupérez les sources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour un langage nouveau, créez un nouveau fichier dans vos documents personnels, et écrivez sur les premières lignes :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039; (dans sa langue)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR est pour les languages qui s&#039;écrivent de gauche à droite, RTL pour ceux qui s&#039;écrivent de droite à gauche, ces derniers étant acceptés à partir de la version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemple :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous utilisez &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;  il faut mettre les nouveaux fichiers de traduction dans les sous-dossiers &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; et &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; et les ajouter (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039;, puis &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;), et toujours les verrouiller (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) pour éviter à un autre d&#039;entamer le même travail simultanément.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le fichier doit être encodé en UTF-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sinon faîtes vous connaître sur le forum et joignez le fichier de traduction à votre message, d&#039;autres développeurs le mettront pour vous dans svn. Dans les 2 cas, utilisez [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=2 le forum] pour communiquer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Paramétrage initial ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lancez gestinux et choisissez dans le menu &#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Langages&#039;&#039;&#039;, puis l&#039;onglet &#039;&#039;&#039;Écrire une traduction&#039;&#039;&#039; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1-fr.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Le langage de référence est obligatoirement un des langages installés avec gestinux. Il sera votre source.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cherchez votre fichier de traduction, créé comme indiqué dans le paragraphe précédent, en cliquant sur le bouton de choix.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cochez la case &amp;quot;Afficher la traduction&amp;quot; pour que les traductions de ce fichier soient utilisées. Sinon ce seront celles du langage de référence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saisir les traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vous pouvez traduire globalement en cliquant sur un des boutons &#039;&#039;&#039;Traduire&#039;&#039;&#039;. Dans ce cas, vous aurez dans la partie gauche la liste des différentes fenêtres de l&#039;application, ainsi que quelques sections non liées à une fenêtre. Utiliser la traduction globale est nécessaire pour les sections qui ne correspondent pas à une fenêtre, et surtout pour ne pas en oublier. Le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; permet de trouver la première traduction manquante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est aussi possible, depuis une fenêtre quelconque de l&#039;application, d&#039;appuyer sur CTRL + F4 pour afficher et traduire la section correspondant à cette fenêtre. Dans ce cas, il n&#039;y aura que cette seule fenêtre dans la partie gauche. L&#039;avantage de cette dernière méthode est qu&#039;une fois la traduction saisie vous pouvez la vérifier en appuyant sur F4, ce qui vous bascule de la langue de référence vers la langue de traduction, ou l&#039;inverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quoiqu&#039;il en soit, pour la section sélectionnée, la liste des clés de traduction est affichée. La traduction de référence, non modifiable est affichée en dessous, et vous avez la possibilité de saisir ou modifier la traduction dans votre langage. L&#039;enregistrement est automatique quand vous changez de clef.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le symbole &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; permet de sauter une ligne, et ne doit être utilisé que pour les messages longs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installer les traductions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois la traduction terminée, si possible relue par d&#039;autres personnes dont c&#039;est aussi la langue maternelle, publiez le fichier dans SVN si vous savez le faire, ou demandez via le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=6 forum] à un développeur de le faire pour vous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si c&#039;est une langue répandue, votre traduction sera ajoutée à la prochaine version de gestinux. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si c&#039;est une langue rare, ou pour ne pas attendre la prochaine version, il est possible de faire un installateur de cette langue pour les différents systèmes cibles (Windows, Debian, ...). Pour Windows, vous pouvez vous inspirer de trunk/tools/windows/gestinux_language_fr_FR.iss et le faire vous-même, ou bien demander à un développeur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quand on le lance pour la première fois sur un poste, Gestinux essaie d&#039;activer la bonne traduction automatiquement, en fonction de la langue de l&#039;ordinateur. Malheureusement, Windows ne connaît pas les codes de langue POSIX, et il y a des cas ou cela n&#039;est pas automatique. Une petite modification du logiciel sera nécessaire, à signaler aux développeurs. Ce problème n&#039;existe pas sous Linux qui respecte mieux les normes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fournir les traductions des données ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La liste des pays doit être créée pour chaque langue disponible dans Gestinux. C&#039;est un fichier xx_YY_countries.txt qui sera chargé automatiquement à la création ou lors d&#039;une vérification de la base de données si on a sélectionné le langage correspondant avant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est aussi utile de créer des jeux d&#039;essais dans la langue traduite, pour un ou plusieurs pays qui l&#039;utilisent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous avez des états fiscaux spécifiques à un pays, ils peuvent aussi être intégrés au logiciel. Si vous ne savez pas réaliser une [[Customized_Reports/fr|présentation d&#039;édition]], demandez à un développeur sur le forum, en lui envoyant les modèles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Traduire la documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Après avoir traduit le programme, il est utile de traduire la documentation (le wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ce jour, il y a environ 100 pages à traduire, mais certaines sont plus importantes que d&#039;autres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si la langue a été enregistré sur le wiki (par l&#039;administrateur) il y aura automatiquement des liens vers chaque traduction existante d&#039;une page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voyez [[Help:Contents/fr|comment créer ou modifier des pages]] de ce wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il existe un moyen de lister les pages restant à traduire, ou dont l&#039;original a été modifié après traduction. Pour l&#039;instant, ils ne sont pas accessibles en ligne, demandez sur le [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4258</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4258"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T16:48:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4257</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4257"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T16:47:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Translating]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4256</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4256"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T16:46:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Test]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Test]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Test]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4244</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4244"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T14:08:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4243 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4243</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4243"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T14:06:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: Undo revision 4242 by Tintinux (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4242</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4242"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T13:28:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4241</id>
		<title>Translating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://mrit.com/gestinux/mediawiki/index.php?title=Translating&amp;diff=4241"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T13:21:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tintinux: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:How to translate Gestinux}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page explains how to translate Gestinux without knowing much about Pascal or other programming languages or the Lazarus IDE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We ask that you translate only into your native language. Ideally, you should understand French because Gestinux was originally written in French.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where do you start translating, and what should you then move on to translate thereafter? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should start [[Translating#Translating the software|to translate the software]] itself, before starting to translate any documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated software will be used to [[Translating#Providing translation data|create a set of test data]] and make fresh screenshots showing the newly translated language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can gradually [[Translating#Translating the documentation|translate the documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following paragraphs cover the various steps involved in completing your translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can consult the [[Internationalisation_programmation|internal translation mechanism]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The code for your language ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting a new translation, you must discover what code applies to the language you are translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Languages ​​are identified in accordance with standard [http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Locale-Names.html POSIX] codes, which all have the double xx_YY format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowercase xx part of the code identifies the primary language, according to the  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO-639-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
The uppercase YY part identifies any possible language variant (usually with a country code), according to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements ISO-3166-1] standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should use the referenced ISO codes. If you invent a new code, the risk is that they may be formalized differently later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language code examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_FR: French &amp;quot;from France&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fr_CA: Quebec&lt;br /&gt;
* En_US: English (United States of America)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sv_SE: Swedish &amp;quot;from Sweden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in any doubt, ask for confirmation on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The source files to translate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gestinux read translations in two &amp;quot;text file&amp;quot; : xx_YY.ini and xx_YY_util.ini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, these files are installed in folders named &#039;&#039;languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;util/languages&#039;&#039; ​​at the same level as the executable Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
However, to comply with Debian Linux rules (including Ubuntu), the files for these distributions are in /usr/share/gestinux/languages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are installed there read-only. Do not attempt to modify or set them read-write at this location. If you want to improve an existing (perhaps partial) translation, you should copy that file to your personal documents or else, if you can use svn, get all the sources (&#039;&#039;svn checkout&#039;&#039;) and open the files in the local copy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a new language, create a new file within your personal documents. The first lines must read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode =&#039;&#039;&#039;xx_YY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName =&#039;&#039;&#039;name of language&#039;&#039;&#039;  (in this language)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=LTR|RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LTR is for languages written from left to right, RTL for those written from right to left, which are supported by Gestinux from version 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [General]&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageCode=he_IS&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageName=עיברית (ישראל)&lt;br /&gt;
 LanguageOrientation=RTL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &#039;&#039;&#039;svn&#039;&#039;&#039;, save the translation files in the folders &#039;&#039;trunk/languages&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;trunk/util/languages&#039;&#039; and add them (&#039;&#039;svn add&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;svn commit&#039;&#039;). Always lock them (&#039;&#039;svn lock&#039;&#039;) to prevent anyone else editing the same file simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file encoding must be UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise explain what you are doing on the forum and attach the file to your message translation. Other developers will use svn for you. In either case, use the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] to communicate with the other developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initial Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Gestinux menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Write a translation:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Translating_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The language reference is necessarily one of the languages ​​installed with gestinux. It will be your source. If possible, choose French, since the English pages are currently not complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find your translation file (created as described in the previous section) by clicking the selection button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the box &amp;quot;Use translation&amp;quot; for translations of this file to be used. Otherwise the reference language will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 language files, one for the main application, and another for utilities common to several applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating or improving a translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can translate globally by clicking one of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Translate&#039;&#039;&#039; button. In this case, you will have a list (to the left) of the various application windows, as well as some sections unrelated to a window. Global translation is required for sections that do not correspond to a window, and to check you have not overlooked any section. You can use the &#039;&#039;&#039;Next Missing&#039;&#039;&#039; button to find the first missing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to press CTRL+F4 from any Gestinux window to view and translate the section corresponding to that window. In this case, you will see only that window listed at the left. This method has the advantage that once the translation you can use the F4 key to toggle between viewing the base language and your language translation (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: GTranslator.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, for the selected section, a list of key translation is displayed. The reference translation (which cannot be changed) is displayed below, and you can enter or edit the translation in your language. Registration is automatic when you change key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The symbol &amp;lt;CR&amp;gt; skips a line, and should be used in long messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing new translations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, get another native speaker to read and check your work. Once the translation is complete, commit the file with svn or ask via the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=10 forum] for another developer to do this for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a commonly used language, your translation will be added to the next version of Gestinux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you contribute a rare language translation, or you don&#039;t want to wait for the next Gestinux version, it is possible to make a package that includes an additional language for various target systems (Windows, Debian, ...). You can figure out how to do this yourself or ask a developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run it for the first time on a workstation, Gestinux tries to activate the correct translation automatically, depending on the computer&#039;s language. Unfortunately, Windows does not know the POSIX language codes, and there are cases where this is not automatic. A slight software modification is required that can be obtained from the developers. This problem does not exist on Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providing translation data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A country list has to be created for each language available in Gestinux. This is contained in the xx_YY_countries.txt file that Gestinux loads automatically when its database is created (or audited) provided that you have earlier selected the appropriate language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also helpful if you can create test cases in the language translated for the country (or countries) that use that language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your country has state-specific reports these can also be integrated into the software. If you do not know how make a [[Customized_Reports|Customized report]], ask a developer on the forum, sending examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translating the documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having translated the program software (or possibly before) it will also be helpful if you can translate the documentation (which is in the form of a wiki).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there are about 100 pages to translate, but some are more important than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help:Contents|how to create or edit pages]] of this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a way to list the remaining untranslated pages (or those whose original has been modified after translation). For now, this method is not available online, so if you would value this facility, ask on the [http://mrit.com/gestinux/forum/viewforum.php?f=8 forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Translating]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tintinux</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>